Sie sind auf Seite 1von 712

TECHNOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF THE PHILIPPINES

938 Aurora Boulevard, Cubao, Quezon City

CE 509

CE PROJECTS 2

ENTITLED:
DESIGN OF TWO-STOREY FIRE STATION IN BARANGAY BAGONG NAYON COGEO,
ANTIPOLO CITY

LEADER:
LLARENAS, KRYSTAL CLAIRE R.

MEMBERS:
CO, CHRISTIAN C.
TAMAYO III, ANDRES A.

SUBMITTED TO:
ENGR. RHONNIE C. ESTORES

DATE:
March 2020
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1: PROJECT BACKGROUND...........................................................................................................1
1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND...............................................................................................................1
1.2 PROJECT LOCATION...........................................................................................................................1
1.3 THE CLIENT........................................................................................................................................2
1.3.1 Client’s Specification...................................................................................................................2
1.4 PROJECT OBJECTIVES.........................................................................................................................2
1.4.1 General Objectives......................................................................................................................2
1.4.2 Specific Objectives......................................................................................................................3
1.5 SCOPE AND LIMITATION....................................................................................................................3
1.5.1 Scope of the Project....................................................................................................................3
1.5.2 Limitation of the Project.............................................................................................................3
1.6 PERSPECTIVE......................................................................................................................................4
1.7 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT...................................................................................................................4
CHAPTER 2: DESIGN INPUTS AND REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE..........................................................6
2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT..........................................................................................................6
2.1.2 Topography of the Project..........................................................................................................9
2.2 Soil Profile..........................................................................................................................................9
2.2.1 Geotechnical Investigation.........................................................................................................9
2.3 DATA INPUTS...................................................................................................................................11
2.3.1 Structural Design Inputs............................................................................................................11
2.3.2 Design Loads.............................................................................................................................17
2.3.4 Geotechnical Design Inputs......................................................................................................24
2.4 REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURES..................................................................................................35
2.4.1 Local Literature and Studies......................................................................................................35
2.4.2 Foreign Literature and Studies..................................................................................................37
CHAPTER 3: DESIGN CONSTRAINTS, TRADEOFFS AND STANDARDS..........................................................40
3.1 DESIGN CONSTRAINTS.....................................................................................................................40
3.1.1 Quantitative Constraints...........................................................................................................40
3.1.2 Qualitative Constraints.............................................................................................................41
3.2 TRADEOFFS......................................................................................................................................42
3.2.1 Structural Engineering Context (Moment Resisting Frame)......................................................42
3.2.2 Geotechnical Engineering Context (Ground Improvement)......................................................45
3.3 RAW DESIGNERS RANKING..............................................................................................................48
3.3.1 Computation for Ranking of Economic Constraints (Vibro Replacement vs. WSM)..................55
3.3.2 Computation for Ranking of Economic Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement).........55
3.3.3 Computation for Ranking of Sustainability Constraint (Vibro-Replacement vs. WSM).............56
3.3.4 Computation for Ranking of Sustainability Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting).........................56
3.3.5 Computation for Ranking of Constructability Constraint (Vibro-Replacement vs WSM)..........57
3.3.6 Computation for Ranking of Constructability Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting).....................57
3.3.7 Computation for Ranking of Constructability Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement)
...........................................................................................................................................................58
3.3.8 Computation for Ranking of Safety Constraint (Vibro-Replacement vs WSM).........................58
3.3.9 Computation for Ranking of Safety Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting).....................................58
3.3.10 Computation for Ranking of Safety Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement).............59
3.3.11 Tradeoffs Assessment.............................................................................................................59
3.4 DESIGN STANDARDS....................................................................................................................59
CHAPTER 4: DESIGN OF STRUCTURE..........................................................................................................60
4.1 DESIGN METHODOLOGY (Structural Context).................................................................................60
4.2 DESIGN OF TRADEOFF 1 (SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING FRAME)....................................................61
4.2.1 Design Specification..................................................................................................................61
4.2.2 Design Loads.............................................................................................................................62
4.2.3 Live Loads...........................................................................................................................63
4.2.4 Seismic load parameter.....................................................................................................64
4.2.5 Load Combination.....................................................................................................................65
4.2.6 Structural Analysis....................................................................................................................66
4.2.7 Structural Design......................................................................................................................79
4.3 DESIGN OF TRADEOFF 2 (DUAL SYSTEM WITH INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAME – SPECIAL
REINFORCED CONCETE SHEAR WALL).................................................................................................117
4.3.1 Design Specification................................................................................................................117
4.3.2 Design Loads...........................................................................................................................118
4.3.3 Live Loads.........................................................................................................................119
4.3.4 Seismic load parameter...................................................................................................120
4.3.5 Load Combination...................................................................................................................121
4.3.6 Structural Analysis..................................................................................................................122
4.3.7 Structural Design....................................................................................................................136
4.4 DESIGN OF TRADEOFF 3 (DUAL SYSTEM – SPECIAL REINFORCED CONCETE SHEAR WALL)............170
4.4.1 Design Loads...........................................................................................................................170
4.4.2 Design Loads...........................................................................................................................171
4.4.3 Live Loads.........................................................................................................................172
4.4.4 Seismic load parameter...................................................................................................173
4.4.5 Load Combination...................................................................................................................174
4.4.7.3 Column/Wall Design................................................................................................................214
4.2 DESIGN METHODOLOGY (Geotechnical Context)......................................................................222
4.2.2 Design Process........................................................................................................................222
4.2.3 Design Parameters..................................................................................................................223
4.2.4 Structural Tradeoffs Bearing Capacity Design Process............................................................223
4.2.5 Bearing Capacity Computation of SMRF Structure.................................................................224
4.2.6 Bearing Capacity Computation of DS w/ IMF Structure..........................................................234
4.2.7 Bearing Capacity Computation of DS......................................................................................243
4.3 Validation of Trade-Offs (Geotechnical)........................................................................................251
4.3.1 Final Estimate:........................................................................................................................251
4.3.2 Final Constructability Estimate:..............................................................................................252
4.3.3 Final Safety Estimate:..............................................................................................................252
4.5. Validation of Trade-Offs................................................................................................................253
4.5.2 Validation of Trade-Offs (Geotechnical Context)........................................................................258
4.6 Final Trade-off Assessment............................................................................................................264
4.6.1 Trade-offs Assessment (Structural Context)...........................................................................264
4.6.2 Trade-offs Assessment for Geotechnical Context...................................................................265
4.7 Influence of Multiple Constraints, Trade-offs and Standards........................................................265
4.7.1 Structural Context...................................................................................................................266
4.7.2 Geotechnical Context.............................................................................................................268
4.8 Sensitivity Report...........................................................................................................................271
4.8.1 Structural Context...................................................................................................................271
4.8.2 Geotechnical Context.............................................................................................................274
4.9 NORMALIZATION...........................................................................................................................279
4.9.1 Structural Context...................................................................................................................279
4.9.2 Geotechnical Context.............................................................................................................280
CHAPTER 5: FINAL DESIGN.......................................................................................................................283
5.1 Final Design (Structural Context)...................................................................................................283
5.1.1 Framing System......................................................................................................................283
5.1.2 Beam Design...........................................................................................................................285
5.1.3 COLUMN DESIGN....................................................................................................................295
5.1.5 SLAB DESIGN...........................................................................................................................299
5.2 Final Design (Geotechnical Context)..............................................................................................307
5.2.1 Footing Details........................................................................................................................307
5.2.2 Ground Improvement Details.................................................................................................308
APPENDIX A.1: COST ESTIMATES.............................................................................................................310
APPENDIX A.2: DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.........................................................................318
APPENDIX A.3: FINAL ESTIMATES FOR SUSTAINABILITY (MAINTENANCE COST).....................................333
APPENDIX A.4: FINAL ESTIMATES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (CO2 EMITTED)........................334
APPENDIX B.1: COMPUTATION OF BEAM (SMRF)...................................................................................335
APPENDIX B.2: COMPUTATION OF COLUMN(SMRF)...............................................................................361
APPENDIX B.3: COMPUTAION OF SLAB(SMRF)........................................................................................389
APPENDIX B.4: COMPUTATION OF BEAM (DS W/ IMF)...........................................................................394
APPENDIX B.5: COMPUTATION OF SHEAR WALL / COLUMN (DS W/ IMF)..............................................418
APPENDIX B.6: COMPUTATION OF SLAB (DS W/ IMF).............................................................................483
APPENDIX B.7: COMPUTATION OF BEAM (DS W/ SMF)..........................................................................487
APPENDIX B.8: COMPUTATION OF SHEAR WALL / COLUMN (DS W/ SMF).............................................507
APPENDIX B.9: COMPUTATION OF SLAB (DS W/ SMF)............................................................................577
APPENDIX B.10: Bearing Capacity Computation of SMRF Structure........................................................581
APPENDIX B.11: Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting.....................................................................583
APPENDIX B.12: Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime..............................................590
APPENDIX B.13: Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement..........................................................598
APPENDIX B.14: Bearing Capacity Computation of DS w/ IMF Structure................................................602
APPENDIX B.15: Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting.....................................................................605
APPENDIX B.16: Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime..............................................612
APPENDIX B.17: Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement..........................................................619
APPENDIX B.18: Bearing Capacity Computation of DS.............................................................................622
APPENDIX B.19: Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting.....................................................................625
APPENDIX B.20: Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime..............................................632
APPENDIX B.20: Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement..........................................................639
APPENDIX B.21: Footing Calculation using Geo5.....................................................................................642
APPENDIX B.22: Trade off Estimate.........................................................................................................644
CHAPTER 1: PROJECT BACKGROUND

1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND

A fire station is a structure or other area for storing firefighting apparatus such as fire engines and
related vehicles, personal protective equipment, fire hoses and other specialized equipment. Fire station
supports the needs of the fire department and the community in which it is located. It must accommodate
extremely diverse functions, including housing, recreation, administration, training, community education,
equipment and vehicle storage, equipment and vehicle maintenance, and hazardous materials storage.
While it is usually only occupied by trained personnel, the facility may also need to accommodate the
general public for community education or outreach programs.

In terms of size, Antipolo City is the second largest in Rizal Province next only to Rodriguez,
formerly Montalban. Its total land area of 38,504.44 hectares represents 29.9% of the entire land area of
the Rizal Province. Since Antipolo is a large city, building a fire station is necessary. There are two fire
stations currently existing in Antipolo, the Annex Fire Station, located along Sumulong Highway, and
Antipolo City Fire Station, located at Barangay Dela Paz. The location of these fire stations is far from other
Barangays, specifically in Barangay Bagong Nayon. Bagong Nayon is a Barangay in the city of Antipolo
and according to 2015 Census, it has a population of around 46000 which represent 5.92% of the total
population of Antipolo. The distance of Annex Fire station and Antipolo City Fire Station in this barangay is
5.9 km and 5.5 km respectively. The total estimated travel time using a normal vehicle is around 15 minutes
to 25 minutes without considering the traffic. The duration of travel time is quite long and it might cause a
problem for the fire rescue team to respond.

The proposed two-storey Fire Station will cater to the needs of the people living in Barangay
Bagong Nayon, Antipolo City. This proposed project envisions to serve as a primary rescue in fire incidents
and lessen the damage caused by manmade and natural disasters.

1.2 PROJECT LOCATION

The location of this project is at Barangay Bagong Nayon, Antipolo City, along Marilaque Highway
in front of The Church of Jesus Christ Of Latter-day Saints. The setting is accessible to road, transportation
and also for the people.

1
Figure 1.1 Satellite View of Marikina-Infanta Highway, Antipolo City - Bearing 14°37'20.9"N 121°10'26.7"E

Source: https://www.google.com/maps/@14.6225942,121.1752831,360m/data=!3m1!1e3

Figure 1.2 Street view of Marikina-Infanta Highway, Antipolo City

Source: https://www.google.com/maps/@14.6225942,121.1752831,360m/data=!3m1!1e3

1.3 THE CLIENT


The client of this project is the City Government of Antipolo, Rizal as represented by Hon. Andrea
A. Ynares, the client agreed upon when the project shall be done as soon as possible.

2
1.3.1 Client’s Specification

The designers went to Antipolo City Hall and were able to talk and had a chance to interview Engr.
Jesus Gonzaga, the head of the Engineering Department. According to Engr. Gonzaga, a fire station
usually contains the following:

● Fire station costs around 20000 Php - 30000 Php per volume

● The duration of construction of the project ends at around 18 months

● The structure can resist Earthquake Forces since it is an essential type of facility

● The life span of the structure can last 50 years

● The structure must be environment friendly and has a low maintenance cost in which it can
maintain its quality up to its design lifespan.

1.4 PROJECT OBJECTIVES

1.4.1 General Objectives

The main objective of this project is to design a Two-Storey Fire Station Building in Barangay Bagong
Nayon, Antipolo City using the structural analysis with accordance to structural and building code in order
to meet the client's specification and to provide a facility that will aid the area in case of fire incident. To
provide the most effective and feasible material that will yield the most suited system in the project location.

1.4.2 Specific Objectives

● To enhance the knowledge and skills of making use of Theory of Structures and Soil Mechanics
Principles to design a building

● To evaluate the trade-offs based on the limitations in order to differentiate what is the effective
design choice

● To identify the soil classification of the chosen location in which the structure will be built

● To provide the client with plans and cost estimates of the project.

● To evaluate the impact of important constraints in relation with trade-offs, programs and specific
standards in order to determine the most efficient design for the project

3
1.5 SCOPE AND LIMITATION

1.5.1 Scope of the Project

The following are the scope covered by the design project:

● Provide design plan such as structural plans and architectural plans as well as structural detail

● The project is conceptualized with accordance to the National Structural Code of the Philippines
(NSCP 2015) and National Building Code of the Philippines (PD 1096)

● Analyze the strength and safety of structure by the use of the software program, STAAD pro and
STAAD RCDC.

● The design project specifies the plans, reinforcements needed and the properties and capacity of
soil.

● The design project provides the material, equipment and labor cost estimates of the chosen trade-
offs for comparison.

1.5.2 Limitation of the Project

The following are the limitation of the design project:

● The design of Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Plan are not included

● The interior design of the project is not included

● The designers shall not assess other constraints with no relation on the design of water distribution
system

● The designers will limit the cost estimate on the materials used for the structural members

● The designers will not provide the detailed construction activities and the estimate cost of operation
and machineries

4
1.6 PERSPECTIVE

Figure 1.3 Perspective view of the building

1.7 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT

The designers prepared for the design of a 2-storey fire station in Barangay Bagong Nayon,
Antipolo City. In the first stage of the project, the designers will identify the problems currently existing in
the society that the designers intend to make a solution. As the problem is being identified, there is a lack of
fire station around Barangay Bagong Nayon, Antipolo City resulting in severe damage to properties. After
having the solution, the designers will look for the location where the said project will be constructed, then
conceptualization of the project begins conforming to the request of the client. The conceptualization of the
design of a four-storey fire station includes different inputs strengthening design process, materials and
construction techniques, purpose, ground characteristics and set of standards and codes provided in the
Philippines. After the conceptualization, data were gathered using different types of method.

Then designers identify the constraints and different trade-offs to solve the evident problem
considering the constraints. There will be a provide design for each trade-off to properly explain each of its
capabilities and advantages. After presenting each trade-off with their specific aspects; results will be
compared and evaluated in order to come up with the most efficient alternative. The final design is based
on the most effective result evaluated by the designer. This output will be recommended to be able to
design a four-storey fire station.

5
Figure 1-3. Project Development flowchart

6
CHAPTER 2: DESIGN INPUTS AND REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT


This chapter describes the data parameters collected to be used in designing the structural and
geotechnical tradeoffs. Review of related literature and studies are also presented in this part, which will
introduce former studies regarding the problem and proposed solution, and also the constraints and trade-
offs utilized in the design projects.

The Four-storey Fire Station has a dimension of 16m by 15m, it has floor area of 240 square meters and a
total floor area of 960 square meters. The height of the first floor is 3.5m. The height of second to fourth
floor is 3m. The total height of the structure is 13m including the parapet wall at roof deck. The Fire station
is equipped with different rooms and facilities such as office for the staff, conference room, training room,
fitness gym, dormitory, storage and archive. The fire station is categorized as Essential Facility in chapter
2, section 208 of National Structural Code of the Philippines 2015
The project aims to construct a fire station in Barangay Bagong Nayon, Antipolo City. This project will be
using three (3) trades-offs as a proposed design and be evaluated according to the constraint formulated.

2.1.1 Demography of the Project

Among the 14 city/municipalities of Rizal, Antipolo City had the largest population with 776,386, followed by
Rodriguez (Montalban) with 369,222 and Cainta with 322,128. The population of these three municipalities
together comprised more than half (50.89 percent) of the entire population of the province as shown in the
table below.

7
Table 2.1 Total population of Municipalities of Rizal

Table 2.2 Total Population of Antipolo City

The population of Bagong Nayon grew from 18,002 in 1990 to 45,976 in 2015, an increase of 27,974
people. The latest census figures in 2015 denote a positive growth rate of 0.34%, or an increase of 824
people, from the previous population of 45,152 in 2010.

8
Figure 2.1 Population of Barangay Nayon categorized by age group
Source: https://www.philatlas.com/luzon/r04a/rizal/antipolo/bagong-nayon.htmla

Figure 2.2 Population and Growth of Barangay Bagong Nayon


Source: https://www.philatlas.com/luzon/r04a/rizal/antipolo/bagong-nayon.htmla

9
2.1.2 Topography of the Project

Figure 2.3 Topographic view of Barangay Bagong Nayon


Source: https://www.philatlas.com/luzon/r04a/rizal/antipolo/bagong-nayon.htmla

2.2 Soil Profile

The following data that were gathered as a basis for the design loads on the given location.
Unfortunately, the designers were not able to obtain a Geotechnical Report from the Antipolo City Hall due
privacy of their data. We tried to convince the officials but they refused to give us information unless we
have a valid consent from the land owners. The designers find another Geotechnical Report from other
places nearby, but still applicable as the basis for the design loads on the given location

2.2.1 Geotechnical Investigation

This report presents the result of the geotechnical investigation conduction for the above cited
project of the City Government of Marikina. The investigation work involving borehole drilling was carried
out in March 2012 by Universal Testing Laboratory and Inspection, Inc(UTLII) upon the request of
proponent/client.

The purpose of the investigation is to determine the general subsurface condition at site by the test boring
with SPT sampling and core drilling and to evaluate the results and with respect to the concept and
foundation design of the proposed structure. The samples obtained from the boring were tested in the
laboratory for engineering classification and strength determination and analysis.

This report covers the methodology of the field and laboratory investigations, assessment of the subsurface
conditions, and estimation of the allowable soil bearing capacity, settlement analysis and citing other
related construction problems.

10
2.2.1.1 Field Investigation Program

The investigation involved the drilling of the two (2) boreholes to a depth 15m each below the
present ground level at the site with the use of a rotary drilling machine. The drilling was executed on the
whole day of 27 March 2012 following the ASDTM procedures as briefly described below. The location of
the boreholes is shown in Figure 1.0.

The hole was advanced by wash boring and standard penetration test (SPT). The Standard Penetration
Test (SPT) is performed every 1.0 meter of depth measured from the ground surface. Initially an NW-
casting was driven into the ground using the driver hammer weighing 63.5 kg. up to a depth of 0.50 m. The
section of the casting which was driven into the ground was cleaned up to the bottom wash boring. The
term “Wash Boring” refers to the process in which a hole is advanced by combination of chopping and
jetting to break the soil or rock into small fragments called cuttings and washing to remove cuttings from the
hole. TH tools used to consist of the drill rods with a chopping bit at the bottom and a water swivel and
lifting the bail at the top. This is connected to the water pump by a heavy-duty hose attached to the water
swivel. This assembly is attached to the cathead by means of a rope which passes through the sheave and
tied to the lifting bail. The tool is then lowered to the level of soil in the casing, and the water under pressure
is introduced to the bottom of the hole means of the water passages in the drill rods and the chopping bit.
At the same time, the bit is raised and dropped by means of the rope attached to the lifting bail. Each time
the rods are dropped they are also partially rotated manually by means of a wrench placed around the rods.
The latter process helps to break up the material at the base of the hole. The resulting cuttings are carried
to the surface in the drilling water which flows in the annular space between the drill rods and the inside of
the casing. The process is continued until the depth for taking SPT samples is reached.

The Standard Penetration Test (SPT) was used to extract relatively distributed samples from the borehole
at intervals not exceeding 1:50 meters. This was done by driving a standard split-barrel sampler with the
following specifications:

: Make : Std. Sprague and Henwood Type


: Outside Diameter : 5.40 cm.
: Inside Diameter : 3.50 cm.
: Length : 61.0 cm.

CONSISTENCY CLASSIFICATION FOR FINE-GRANED SOILS


(Terzaghi and Peck, 1969)

Classification SPT, N Undrained Shear Strength, su (kPa)

Very soft <2 <12


Soft 2 -4 12-25
Medium Stiff 4–8 25-50
Stiff 8 – 15 50-100
Very Stiff 15 – 30 100-200
Hard >30 >200

11
RELATIVE DENSITY CLASSIFICATION FOR COARSE-GRAINED SOILS
(U.S. NAVY, 1982 & Lambe and Whitman, 1969)

Classification SPT, N Undrained Shear Strength, su (kPa)

Very loose <4 0-15


Loose 4 - 10 15-35
Medium dense 10 – 30 36-65
Dense 30 – 50 65-85
Very Dense >50 85-100

All SPT samples were placed in a properly labeled air tight plastic bag before they were transported to the
laboratory office of UTLII in Pasig City for the required testing.
2.2.2.2 Subsurface as Found

The subsurface of the site is represented by the soil profile derived along the drilled boreholes as shown in
Figure 2.0 As can be seen from the profile, the subsoil around BH-1 is underlain by overburden composed
soil of moderately/highly plastic clay (CL/CH) starting from the ground surface down all the way to the
bottom end of the borehole. N-values ranged from 21 to 62 blows/ft suggesting a consolidated to over
consolidated stratum. Over the vicinity of BH-2, silty sand (SM) covers the upper 4.5m thick layer before
clayey materials were hit down to the bottom end of the borehole. The silty sands are non-plastic with
recorded N-values of 20 - 29 blows/ft while the clays are highly plastic and have registered a blow count
ranging from 33 - 65 blows/ft. These blow counts indicated compacted sand deposits while the
consolidation and consistency of the clays are the same as those in BH-1.

The groundwater level was measured at 8.0m or more inside the boreholes after completing the drilling.

Allowable Soil Bearing Capacity at Foundation level

A spread or combined type of a shallow foundation can be adopted. The footings can be embedded to a
depth of 1.5m or deeper below the present ground level. For purposes of designing the footings, the
estimated allowable soil bearing capacity at varying footing level and base width are tabulated below:

Allowable Soil Bearing Capacity, kPa (Basis: BH-1)h

Depth, Base of Footing Bearing


meter Base = 1.5m B = 3.0m Layer

1.5 227 Clay


2.0 240 Clay
2.2.2.3 Settlement

For footings resting on clays, a long-term settlement of 50mm to 100mm should be anticipated. On the
other hand, a maximum settlement of 25mm can be allowed for footings resting sand. Crucial to these
tolerable settlements is the excessive differential settlement that could affect the engineering integrity of the
structure. Provision for footing tie beams therefore be incorporated as an integral part of the foundation
system to minimize such excessive settlement to a manageable limit.

12
2.2.2.4 Site Coefficient S and Seismic Zone Factor Z

The site coefficient S and seismic zone factor Z required determining the design base shear V for structural
design is defined in terms of the soil profile as specified in the National Building Code of the Philippines.
Based on the soil profiles as determined from borings, the Structural Engineer for the project could classify
the site the corresponding S factor for given type of soil by referring to the Building Code.

The seismic map of the Philippines divides the country into two zones, namely Zone 2 and 4. For the site
under study, the maximum zone factor Z is also found in the said Building Code.

2.3 DATA INPUTS


2.3.1 Structural Design Inputs

The gathered data and parameters are used for designing the structural tradeoffs and design.

Function Quantity

Fire Truck Garage 2 units

Toilet and Bathroom 2 units

Storage Room 2 units

Conference Room 1 unit

Office 1 unit

Clinic and Dormitory 1 unit

Training Room 1 unit

Total 34 units

Table 2.3 Room Classification with Corresponding Area

Floor Function Area Unit

Ground Floor Fire Truck Garage 1 and 2 150 m2

Ground Floor Toilet and Bathroom 5 m2

Ground Floor Storage and Facility 15 m2

Ground Floor Lobby 20 m2

Second Floor Training Area 60 m2

13
Second Floor Clinic and dormitory 40 m2

Second Floor Conference Room 20 m2

Second Floor Administration’s Office 20 m2

Second Floor Toilet and Bathroom 20 m2

Table 2.4 Room Classification with Corresponding Area

2.2.2 Architectural Plans

As for the design of the two-storey fire station building, the designer exceed the minimum sizes of the
rooms but some are considered to the minimum to maximize the lot provided for the building.

14
Figure 2.4 Ground Floor Plan

15
Figure 2.5 2nd Floor Plan

16
Figure 2.6 Front Elevation

Figure 2.7 Rear Elevation

17
Figure 2.8 Left Side Elevation

Figure 2.9 Right Side Elevation

18
2.3.2 Design Loads

Using the National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP 2015) the Fire Station is considered
as an essential facility with regards to occupancy category.
2.3.2.1 Dead Loads

Below are the components and minimum design load of each component for each function of the said room
descriptions based on section 204 of chapter 2 in the code it consists of the weight of all materials to be
used in the construction of the structure.

Figure 2.10 Minimum Design Dead Loads in NSCP 2015

Member Load
st th
Components ( 1 to 2 floor) Design Load (KPa)

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Concrete Masonry Unit

19
CHB Wall, 150mm, Full Grout (Plastered both 3.11
sides)

CHB Wall, 100mm, Full Grout (Plastered both 2.98


sides)

Wall covering

Waterproofing Membrane: Bituminous smooth 0.07


surface

Table 2.5 Other Minimum Design Loads

Floor Load

Components ( 1st to 2th floor) Design Load (KPa)

Ceilings

Gypsum board (per mm thickness) 0.008

Plaster on tile or concrete 0.24

Floor Fills

Lightweight Concrete, per mm 0.015

Floor and Floor Finishes

Cement Finish (25MM) on stone concrete fill 1.53

Frame Partitions

Wood or Steel studs, 13 mm gypsum board each 0.38


side

20
Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Total Dead Load 2.553

Table 2.6 Other Minimum Design Loads

2.3.3.2 Live Loads

The maximum live loads expected by the intended use or occupancy based on section 205 of the
code. Below are the occupancy descriptions and the equivalent design live loads in KPa:

Figure 2.11 Minimum Live Loads in NSCP 2015

Use or Occupancy Description Description Design Load (KPa)

Parking garages and ramps Public parking and ramps 4.8

Roof Decks Same as area served or occupancy --

Office (Other offices) 2.4

Table 2.6 Minimum Design Live Loads

2.3.3.3 Seismic load parameter

The seismic load parameters were obtained with the geographical data and were based on chapter
2, section 208 of the code.

21
Figure 2.12 Nearest active fault trace

Source: http://faultfinder.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph/

Figure 2.13 Occupancy Category in NSCP 2015

22
Figure 2.14 Seismic importance factor in NSCP 2015

Figure 2.15 Seismic zone in NSCP 2015

Figure 2.16 Near source factor in NSCP 2015

23
Figure 2.17 Seismic Coefficient in NSCP 2015

Figure 2.18 Structure period in NSCP 2015

24
Figure 2.19 Structure period in NSCP 2015

Parameters

Importance Factor 1.5

Soil Profile Type Stiff Soil, Sd

Seismic Zone ZONE 4: Z=0.4

Seismic source type A

Near Source Factor (Na) 1.2

Near Source Factor (Nv) 1.6

Seismic Coefficient (Ca) 0.44Na = 0.53

Seismic Coefficient (Cv) 0.64 Nv = 1.02

R (Special Reinforced Concrete Moment 8.5

25
Frame)

Numerical Coefficient (Ct) .0731

R (Intermediate Reinforced Concrete 5.5


Moment Frame)

Numerical Coefficient (Ct) .0731

R (Ordinary Reinforced Concrete Moment 3.5


Frame)

Numerical Coefficient (Ct) .0731

Table 2.7 Seismic Load Parameter


2.3.3.4 Wind Parameters

The wind load parameters were based on the NSCP 2010 and it was determined through the
location of the proposed structure. As stated on the code, buildings and other vertical structures shall be
designed and constructed to resist wind loads as specified and presented in chapter 2 section 207 of the
code.
Parameters
Basic Wind Speed 200 kph
Wind Directionality Factor, Kd 0.85
Exposure Category B
Topographic Factor, Kzt 1
Building Classification Category III
Structure Type Building Structure
Enclosure Classification Enclosed Building
Internal Pressure Coefficient, GCpi -0.55, +0.55
Importance Factor 1.5

Table 2.8 Wind Parameter

2.3.4 Geotechnical Design Inputs

Here are the design parameters for the geotechnical, here are some tables, figures and data’s to
be used in the design.

2.3.4.1 Soil Classification


There are several systems of soil classification which are based generally on particle size or on
some additional soil properties such as plasticity and compressibility.

26
Source: SOIL SUITABILITY CLASSIFICATION FOR AQUACULTURE
2.3.4.2 Unit Weight of Soil

In this table shown here the SPT N-Value from Soil Profile.

By Interpolating the data with the SPT N-Value from Soil Profile we get the value and converting the unit.
2.3.4.3 Angle of Internal Friction

Shown here the angle of friction data’s, that will be used in the design.

Soil friction angle [°]


Description USCS
Specific
min  max
value

Well graded gravel, sandy gravel, with little or no fines GW 33 40  

27
Poorly graded gravel, sandy gravel, with little or no fines GP 32 44  

Sandy gravels - Loose (GW, GP)     35

Sandy gravels - Dense (GW, GP)     50

Silty gravels, silty sandy gravels GM 30 40  

Clayey gravels, clayey sandy gravels GC 28 35  

Well graded sands, gravelly sands, with little or no fines SW 33 43  

Well-graded clean sand, gravelly sands - Compacted SW - - 38

Well-graded sand, angular grains - Loose (SW)     33

Well-graded sand, angular grains - Dense (SW)     45

Poorly graded sands, gravelly sands, with little or no fines SP 30 39  

Poorly-garded clean sand - Compacted SP - - 37

Uniform sand, round grains - Loose (SP)     27

Uniform sand, round grains - Dense (SP)     34

Sand SW, SP 37 38  

Loose sand (SW, SP) 29 30  

Medium sand (SW, SP) 30 36  

Dense sand (SW, SP) 36 41  

Silty sands SM 32 35  

Silty clays, sand-silt mix - Compacted SM - - 34

Silty sand - Loose SM 27 33  

28
Silty sand - Dense SM 30 34  

Clayey sands SC 30 40  

Calyey sands, sandy-clay mix - compacted SC     31

Loamy sand, sandy clay Loam SM, SC 31 34  

Inorganic silts, silty or clayey fine sands, with slight plasticity ML 27 41  

Inorganic silt - Loose ML 27 30  

Inorganic silt - Dense ML 30 35  

Inorganic clays, silty clays, sandy clays of low plasticity  CL 27 35  

Clays of low plasticity - compacted CL     28

Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity OL 22 32  

Inorganic silts of high plasticity  MH 23 33  

Clayey silts - compacted MH     25

Silts and clayey silts - compacted ML     32

Inorganic clays of high plasticity  CH 17 31  

Clays of high plasticity - compacted CH     19

Organic clays of high plasticity  OH 17 35  

ML, OL, MH,


Loam 28 32  
OH

ML, OL, MH,


Silt Loam 25 32  
OH

ML, OL, CL,


Clay Loam, Silty Clay Loam 18 32  
MH, OH, CH

29
OL, CL, OH,
Silty clay 18 32  
CH

CL, CH, OH,


Clay 18 28  
OL

Peat and other highly organic soils Pt 0 10  

Using the Average Value of Angle of friction of clay which is 23 degrees.

2.3.4.4 Cohesion

Soil friction angle is a shear strength parameter of soils. Its definition is derived from the Mohr-Coulomb
failure criterion and it is used to describe the friction shear resistance of soils together with the normal
effective stress. In the stress plane of Shear stress-effective normal stress, the soil friction angle is the
angle of inclination with respect to the horizontal axis of the Mohr-Coulomb shear resistance line. Typical
values of soil friction angle for different soils according to USCS. Some typical values of soil friction angle
are given below for different USCS soil types at normally consolidated condition unless otherwise stated.

Source: ecorisq.org

30
Using the value of 19 degrees for the angle of friction as the critical data for the design

2.3.4.5 Adhesion
Empirical adhesion coefficient α

Pile material Soil consistency Cohesion range Adhesion coefficient α [-]

cu [kPa]

Timber and concrete piles Very soft 0 - 12 0.00 - 1.00

Soft 12 - 24 1.00 - 0.96

Medium stiff 24 - 48 0.96 - 0.75

Stiff 48 - 96 0.75 - 0.48

Very stiff 96 - 192 0.48 - 0.33

Source: NAVFAC DM 7.2, Foundation and Earth Structures, U.S. Department of the Navy, 1984.

2.3.4.6 Poisson’s Ratio

Summary of Poisson’s ratio, ν and SPT N value relationships

Soil type ν and SPT N value relationship r 2 Range of N

Loose granular soil ν = 0.2 + 0.01 N 0.998 0–20

Dense granular soil ν = 0.2 + 0.005 N 0.998 20–50

Soft clay ν = 0.15 + 0.0167 N 0.998 0–6

Stiff clay ν = 0.125 + 0.0125 N 0.998 6–30

Source: Estimation of Engineering Properties of Soils from Field SPT Using Random Number Generation

31
2.3.4.7 Jet Grout Compressive Strength

Jet grouting with a cement content of approximately 400 kg/m3 (20% by weight) was able to increase the
compressive strength of a soft, plastic clay from a value between 40 to 60 kPa to an average of 4500 kPa.
This result is consistent with previous experience.

Typical Soilcrete Strength

Source: JET GROUTING SYSTEMS: ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES, p. 875-886.


2.3.4.8 Stone Columns (Vibro Replacements)

Typical Values of Unit Weight for Soils

Type of soil γsat (kN/m3) γd (kN/m3)

Gravel 20 - 22 15 - 17

Sand 18 - 20 13 - 16

Silt 18 - 20 14 - 18

Clay 16 - 22 14 - 21

32
2.3.4.9 Youngs Modulus of Elasticity

Source: Soil elastic Young's modulus (Geotechdata,2013)

2.3.4.10 Compressive Strength

33
Source: 2012 compiled from Kezdi 1974 and Prat et al. 1995)
2.3.4.11 Undrained Shear Strength

Source: Terzaghi and Peck, 1969


2.3.4.12 Shear Strength and Bulk Unit Weight of Soil Mixing

Shows here the table and datas that has been gathered to be used in the design.

34
35
36
Source: International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research Volume 9,pg 149- 154

37
2.3.4.13 Allowable Bearing Capacity of Vibro-Replacement

Source: Principle of Foundation Engineering 6 th Edition, p 770-771

38
2.4 REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURES

2.4.1 Local Literature and Studies

Unrelenting effects of natural disasters: earthquakes, storm surges, typhoons on different structures

According to O. Ace (2018), recent history has seen the unrelenting effects of natural disasters—
earthquakes, storm surges, typhoons—on different structures. Among these structures are schools,
government office buildings, and homes. Many have been reinforced, renovated, or rebuilt following these
disasters. Most structures, particularly in the Philippines, are designed using the National Structural Code
of the Philippines (NSCP), with which a set of minimum requirements (e.g., strength, stiffness, connections,
etc.) based on the structural loads expected throughout the building’s lifetime. However, with the increasing
frequency of natural disasters—particularly typhoons—which are unusually large loads these structures will
have to carry; one may not have a clear expectation of the performance of these code-designed buildings.
These structures may underperform or be overdesigned. Building back better, more resilient structures
requires one to gain insight on what specifically causes them to fail, how likely these specific causes are to
happen, and ultimately what the consequences of these failures are. Once this information is available, the
weaknesses in these designs may then be better addressed. The objective of the paper is to be able to
quantify the performance of the different structures in order to see the relative influence of changes made in
the different design variables. Understanding the different factors that affect how a structure performs
against a hazard will allow better insight into how to design new structures that are more resilient.

Risk Analysis of Three-storey Reinforced Concrete Moment resisting Frame Structures Using
Performance-based Wind Engineering

Throughout the different levels of analyses conducted, it is evident that, generally, performance of the
structures was influenced by modifications made in the roof pitch. This is due to the larger surface area roof
cover has compared to the total window surface area in any one of the structures. This is also consistent
with what is observed in numerous studies on wind engineering, where severe wind damage follows a
progressive, top to bottom trend. Modifying the building aspect ratio however had a greater effect on
window damage, where more slender structures incurred more damage. Regarding hazard
characterization: the Gumbel distribution function used in this study generally shows a good fit except for
extreme wind speeds, which was evident in the Gumbel plot generated, where data points for higher wind
speeds had larger deviations from the trend line. The test of other distribution functions to describe severe
wind hazard is recommended. Investigating more design components, damage indicators, and types of
structures is recommended to get clearer expectations of performance. This will allow for better insight into
the weaknesses and even strengths of current designs, thus allowing designers to help in building back
more resilient structures.

39
Life cycle analysis of structural systems of residential housing units in the Philippines

In designing a house, or any structure, there are three things commonly considered by the structural
engineer; these are represented in the safety–serviceability–cost triangle. Safety and serviceability ensure
that the structure can fulfill its intended purpose by satisfying code requirements on strength, ductility, and
deflections. Addressing economy, on the other hand, requires value engineering to produce an optimum
design with reasonable cost. However, the triangle is increasingly found to be incomplete. There is the
question of environmental impacts the structure may bear on society. But what parameter may be used to
guide structural designers to make their structures “greener”? This paper proposes the use of a “Structural
Sustainability Index (SSI)”, a single-score based on the Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) framework. The SSI
was derived from five environmental impacts, whose respective weights were determined from a survey of
Civil engineering professionals. The impacts and their weights are: Global Warming Potential (36%), Ocean
Acidification (10%), Human Toxicity (12%), Abiotic Materal Depletion (16%), and Energy Use (26%). The
concept was applied to low-cost housing units in the Philippines. Four models with approximately 60 sq.m.
floor area were investigated. structural systems of these houses are conventional reinforced concrete,
modular block system, I beam, and modified system. Among the four, the I beam house incurred the lowest
SSI of 0.682 while the conventional had the greatest at 0.986. The I beam, however, was found to have the
largest contribution in abiotic material depletion due to heavy steel usage. This could be lessened through
recycling of steel, as the manufacturing stage was found to contribute the most damage. Significant
improvements were made in all impact categories when converting from a conventional to a modified
system using T-joists and wall stiffeners, for a total of 9.87% decrease in SSI. Costs likewise decreased.
With the SSI and LCA framework, sustainability concerns can be quantified by structural engineers and
significant improvements can be made in designing.

Structural Assessment of the Three-Storey Engineering Building at Laguna State Polytechnic University,
Sta. Cruz Campus

Structural Assessment is a process to analyze a structural system in order to predict the responses of the
real structure under the excitation of expected loading and external environment during the service life of
the structure. This allows the calculation of the forces and deformations of the various structural
components. A well designed structure will be able to resist all loadings besides the static loads design.
Dynamic loads such as wind load and seismic response also needs to be considered into structural design.
Structural assessment can be initiated, when there has been a change in resistance such as structural
deterioration due to time-depending processes like corrosion and fatigue or structural damage by
accidental actions. Also, when there will be a change in loading, increase in lateral loads for example, or an
extension of the design working life. Assessment can also be carried out to analyze the current structural
reliability for environmental hazards like earthquakes or extreme winds and waves.

40
2.4.2 Foreign Literature and Studies

Comparative Study of OMRF and SMRF

According to the comparative study of G.V.S SivaPrasad and S. Adiseshu, the objective of their study to
analyze the seismic behavior of Special Moment Resisting Frame (SMRF) and Ordinary Moment Resisting
Frame (OMRF) in the scenario of five-storey, ten-storey, fifteen-storey and twenty-storey reinforced
concrete structure located at seismic zone II. The standards used by the researchers were under IS
1893:2000 and IS 456:2000. The design was also composed of alternate shear wall in the structural frame.
Furthermore, with the progress of the new method that the designers used and the evaluation and analysis
of shear wall system and the serviceability done by the researchers, the engineers who are able to do the
same method as it was stated by the designers, will be able to select the most economic system resulting
in safety of the structure planning to built. Due to the intensive comparative study done by the researchers,
they found that SMRF system was cost effective and resisting to high rise structures.

Damage-control Seismic Design of Moment resisting RC Frame Buildings

H. Jiang, B. Fu and L. Chen proposed a new seismic design for directly and efficiently controlling damage
to structural and non-structural components of moment resisting reinforced concrete building. Using their
proposed design method for a typical six-storey moment resisting RC frame building under the standard of
Chinese Seismic Design Code. The seismic performance of the structure was evaluated under different
levels of earthquake intensity/magnitude by conducting a non-linear time history analysis. The results
showed that the pre-determined seismic performance objectives as design with their proposed method can
be achieved resulting in great efficiency.

A Study of the Various Structural Framing Systems Subjected to Seismic Loads

According to the study of Abhyuday Titiksh (2015), in seismic behavior of the structure having various
structural configurations like OMRCF (Ordinary Moment Resisting Concrete Frames), SMRCF (Special
Moment Resisting Frames) and BSF (Braced Steel Frames). A comparative study of all the types of frames
will shed light on the best suited frame to be adopted for seismic loads in Indian scenario. For this purpose,
a G+4 building was designed for OMRCF, SMRCF and BSF framing configurations in Seismic Zone V
according to Indian codes. Tests were carried out to evaluate their structural efficiencies in terms of storey
drifts, Base shear, amount of reinforcement etc. Moment frames have been widely used for seismic
resisting systems due to their superior deformation and energy dissipation capacities. A moment frame
consists of beams and columns, which are rigidly connected. The components of a moment frame should

41
resist both gravity and lateral load. Lateral forces are distributed according to the flexural rigidity of each
component.

Regularity and optimization practice in structural frames in real design cases

According Dunant, A., Drewniok, M., Eleftheriadis, S., Cullen., J and Allywood, J. (2018), they could confirm
the principal finding that about 35–45% of the steel by mass of the load-bearing frame is not required in
terms of structural efficiency. However, only part of this is over-design, as the cores, trimmers, and ties
representing 6% of the total mass are necessary for the stability of structures and are mandated by the
codes, and a further 3% of the mass is underused in secondary edge beams whose design is frequently
constrained by the available space. Nonetheless, these beams are still oversized in many cases: in
general, the smallest available section should be used. The original study had suggested that
rationalization was a likely culprit for the overdesign. This could show that this was likely not the case. The
remainder of the underutilization can be explained by the design practice of the engineers. To guard
against changes during the project, the engineers seem very reluctant to design beams with ur beyond 0.8.
In effect, this results in at least 20% of the mass of steel frames which is not necessary for the purpose of
safety or service. Small changes in the design target could create important material savings at no cost. For
this to be practical, one should assess how often the defensive design practice prevented re-designs.
There is probably an opportunity, before sending the plans to the fabricator, to perform a round of
optimization. If the model structure is already coded in a computer aided design tool, this operation should
not be onerous. Nonetheless, there may be little incentive to do this after the tender depending on the form
of the tender. Thus, design and build contracts may offer more scope for optimizing designs. Their study
shows that further improvement in the design of steel frames should come from more elaborate strategies,
in particular taking into account the design of connections when choosing the sections or designing
composite deckings. Such a strategy would allow the selection of thinner sections without otherwise
changing the design practice.

A Case Study Of Wet Soil Mixing For Bearing Capacity Improvement In Turkey

According to Arash Maghsoudloo, Asli Can (2018), This paper presents a ground improvement
implementation case under a raft foundation of a local hospital. The selected ground improvement method
is Wet Soil Mixing (WSM) technique. Soil mixing is increasingly applied to environmental applications and
ground stabilization in geotechnical projects. In this technique, weak soil is mixed with cementitious slurry
to improve the characteristics of the soil.The investigated case is one of the pioneering WSM ground
improvement technique implementation cases in Turkey. The soil profile mainly consisted of low plasticity
clay. The effect of ground improvement is verified by a series of laboratory tests and four in-situ pile loading
tests.The results of in-situ pile load tests on constructed soilcrete columns showed an acceptable factor of
safety for the bearing capacity of the WSM columns. Measured bearing capacities in all four tested columns
were nearly 20% higher than calculated values. In addition, a set of samples are obtained from the

42
constructed columns and unconfined compression tests have been conducted.The laboratory test results
indicate that the selected cementitious slurry has a sufficient efficiency to form the stabilizing columns.

In this study, a ground improvement case in Turkey is investigated. The article presents the initial site
investigations and the definition of the performed ground improvement system. In addition the behavior of
the underlying soil is molded in a 2-D finite element program. The input soil of the finite element analysis
was calibrated based on the measured data obtained from field studies. Utilized ground improvement
system so-called Wet Speed Mixing was concluded to be efficient for the improvement of the soft soil
profile in the investigated site. It was observed that, although the exact behavior of the soil cannot be
captured perfectly, with simple constitutive models such as Mohr-Coulomb and Isotropic Hardening Soil
model, overall physical behavior of the soil profile can be predicted with acceptable accuracy. It can be
concluded that in practical works, due to insufficient laboratory test data use of such simple constitutive
models may also be beneficial. Another conclusion of this study was the confirmation that the bearing
capacity was improved and the settlements were reduced by ground improvement application, and the
amounts can be calculated or estimated by the analytical and numerical methods and empirical
correlations.

Ground Improvement Using the Vibro Replacement Column Technique

According to, McCabe B., McNeill J., Black J.,(2007), The Vibro Stone Column technique is one of the most
widely-used ground improvement processes in the world, although its potential for improving Irish sites has
yet to be fully exploited. Historically the system has been used to densify loose granular soils, but over the
past 35 years, the system has been used increasingly to reinforce soft cohesive soils and mixed fills. This
paper will describe the technique, applicable soil types, settlement and bearing capacity calculations,
recent research areas and an Irish case study.

The Irish construction industry has been slower than many of its European counterparts to recognise the
technical and economic advantages that Vibro Stone Columns can provide. Ireland has an abundance of
soft estuarine and alluvial soils and these may be improved sufficiently to allow standard foundations to be
constructed at shallow depth, without the need to resort to deep piling. Where ground conditions are
suitable, stone column solutions have been shown to be more cost effective than trench fill in excess of 2m
depth. In addition, stone columns can offer considerable contract programme savings over other ground
improvement methods, such as preloading and vertical drains. As with all geotechnical projects, a
thorough site investigation with adequate information on soil strength and compressibility is essential.

43
CHAPTER 3: DESIGN CONSTRAINTS, TRADEOFFS AND STANDARDS

3.1 DESIGN CONSTRAINTS

Constraints are the factors or hindrance affects the design or refers to some limitations under the desire
project to be constructed or developed. In the design of the project, it is important to consider the different
effects of the design constraints and limitations to the structure. Constraint is defined as the limiting
condition that may affect the design and construction of the project. Construction projects have a specific
set of objectives and constraints such as a required time frame for completion. The following were
considered to have relevant impact on the design of the Fire Station building.

3.1.1 Quantitative Constraints

The quantitative constraints indicate limitations on the resources which are to be allocated among various
decision variables. These resources may be production capacity, manpower, time, space or machinery.
Capable of being estimated or expressed with numeric values, that is being measurable.

44
3.1.1.1 Economic Constraints (Cost)

In designing, the budget of the client is the common concern that is why economic is the basic constraint in
a project. Without the investment of the client, the whole project is affected from planning and
conceptualizing up to the construction phase. Thus, the most economical among the trade-offs namely
Special Moment Resisting Frame (SMRF), Ordinary Moment Resisting Frame and Special Reinforced
Concrete Shear Walls (Dual System) are the choices that the designer might choose.

3.1.1.2 Constructability Constraints (Construction Duration)

The duration of construction plays a vital role for both the designer and for the client. The client preferably
wants a shorter time for the construction because it saves more time and financial benefits that are favor for
both parties. The design of the structural elements should not compromise the required strength due to the
client’s desirable choice. In constructing a building, estimating the number of workers or laborers,
equipment needed and materials to be used are considered because of how the project is built without
these three. In this constraint, the time also considered because the delay of the project for some problems
may be technical or any problem. If the project will not reach the desired time to finish the project it will
cause the project to spend more money to finish.

3.1.1.3 Environmental Assessment


Environmental assessment is taken up in this exercise as a rapid assessment technique for determining the
current status of the environment and identifying impact of critical activities on environmental parameters.
As such environmental assessment provides a rational approach to sustainable development. It also
enables us in carrying out environmental cost-benefit analysis of projects at an initial stage. It is thus a
precursor to detailed analysis of environmental impacts, which are taken up only if a need for the same is
established. For this constraint, the designers based the environmental assessment to carbon emission
due to vehicles and machines used in the construction.

3.1.1.4 Sustainability (Maintenance Cost)


Maintaining the structure premises is necessary in order to preserve the assets and protect the building the
building occupants. Proper building maintenance makes sure that the building and the environment remain
healthy, clean and a safe place to work or reside. On the contrary, this also causes the value of your
building higher that keep up regular maintenance. For this constraint, the designers measured the
maintenance cost by multiplying the 15% of total estimate cost to overall estimate cost divided by the
designed life span.

3.1.1.5 Risk Assessment (Deflection)

Safety is taken into consideration since most of the time in designing for accidents cannot be avoided.
Upon the evaluation of the designer, the constraint is based on the deflection to prevent structural damage
caused by loads. Considering the safety of the workers and the future occupants illustrates the quality of
the project and quality of the designer as an engineer without sacrificing the risks of the occupants in the
future. And this also engaged with the cost because the less deflection the less cost to be construct vise-

45
versa, but the large beam can carry heavy loads compared to small beams. But the designer must be
considered the safety of the users and how it takes over a period of time to be stable.

3.1.2 Qualitative Constraints

Qualitative constraints are used to gain an understanding of underlying reasons, opinions, and motivations.
It provides insights into the problem or helps to develop ideas or hypotheses for potential quantitative
research.

3.1.2.1 Social Constraint

The location of the project has residents living within the area and it is just right beside a main road. The
designers considered social as a constraint because those people living and passing by the area may
complain about the project during its construction as it may be seen as a hazard especially during rainy
days and it's possible to cause heavy traffic.

3.1.2.2 Ethical Constraint

The project was located on the Bagong Nayon, Cogeo and it lies with some private properties on its side.
Therefore, the designers need to make sure that upon the construction of the project, the structure must not
affect or damage any other properties near the construction area.

3.1.2.3 Political Constraint

This being a government project, it is important to consider the political constraint in designing and building
a public structure. The designers have to assure the public that the project does not endorse any political
party and its candidates, that this project is purely for the benefit of the public and the infrastructures of the
country.
3.2 TRADEOFFS

To address these multiple constraints, the designers came up with two specialization of trade-offs;
Structural Engineer Geo-technical. There are three alternatives for each specialization that were chosen by
the designer to satisfy the constraints and also, this will help the client to decide for the best option that will
be used for the design. The designer chose the following tradeoffs.

3.2.1 Structural Engineering Context (Moment Resisting Frame)

A moment frame is a special type of frame that uses rigid connections between each of its constituent
members. This configuration is able to resist lateral and overturning forces because of the bending moment
and shear strength that is inherent in its members and the connecting joints. Therefore, the stiffness and
strength of the moment frame in seismic design depends on the stiffness and strength of its members.

46
3.2.1.1Special Reinforced Concrete Moment Frame (SMRF)

The Special Moment-Resisting Frame System (SMRF) is a type of frame system detailed to provide ductile
behavior and comply with requirements in Chapter 4 or 5 of National Structural Code of the Philippines
(NSCP). The ductile behavior is the response to stress of concrete material which undergoes permanent
deformation without fracturing. Also, ductile behavior of concrete is enhanced in high confining pressures
combined with high temperatures and low rates of strain. Special Moment Resisting Frames are designed
so that beams, columns, and beam-column joints in moment frames are proportioned and detailed to resist
flexural, axial, and shearing actions that result as a building sways through multiple displacement cycles
during strong earthquake ground shaking.

Figure 3.1 Special Moment Resisting Concrete Frame

Source: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Reinforcement-details-for-columns_fig1_270393949

Advantages Disadvantages
● Shear failure can be avoided through use ● It is a higher cost compared to other
of a capacity-design approach framing systems.

47
● It can avoid anchorage or splice failure ● Splices in special moment frame columns
● It can attain the design of a strong column also can be critical to system performance.
and weak beam frame because if columns It is important to note that, in many cases,
provide a stiff and strong spine over the the primary demand on steel special
building height, drift will be more uniformly moment frame columns is flexure, or
distributed and localized damage will be flexure combined with axial tension, rather
reduced than axial compression. In effect, these
● Plain concrete has relatively small usable columns act as “vertical beams” rather
compressive strain capacity (around than classical columns.
0.003), and this might limit the ● Proper detailing of the welds between the
deformability of beams and columns of doubler plates and the column web,
special moment frames. column flanges, and/or continuity plates is
needed to ensure that force transfers
through this highly stressed region can be
achieved

Table 3.1 Advantages Disadvantages of SMRF

Source: https://www.nehrp.gov/pdf/nistgcr9-917-3.pdf

3.2.1.2 Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frames

A concrete moment resisting frame designed in accordance with Sec 8.3.10

Figure 3.2 Intermediate Moment Resisting Concrete Frame

48
Source: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Reinforcement-details-for-columns_fig1_270393949

Advantages Disadvantages
● IMRCF column specimens had strength ● Labor intensive construction
larger than that required by ACI 318, and ● increase of concrete strength even with
they had drift capacities greater than 4.5% relative decrease of structural weight will
● Lightweight lead to increase of structural construction
cost.

Table 3.2 Advantages Disadvantages of IMRF

Source:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/287223306_Optimal_Design_of_Intermediate_Reinforced_Concr
ete_Moment_Resisting_Frames_with_Shear_Walls_for_Different_Arrangements_of_Columns

3.2.1.3 Dual System with Special Reinforced Concrete Shear Walls

Essentially complete frame provides support for gravity loads, and resistance to lateral loads is provided by
a specially detailed moment-resisting frame and shear walls or braced frames.

Figure 3.3 Dual System Special Reinforced Concrete Shear Walls

Source: https://theconstructor.org/structural-engg/high-rise-buildings-structural-systems/23076/

49
Advantages Disadvantages
● Lightweight
● Easier Retrofit ● High construction cost
● Adaptable to architectural layout ● Long Construction Period

Table 3.3 Advantages Disadvantages of Dual System Special Reinforced Concrete Shear Walls

Source:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/251508673_Seismic_Behaviors_of_Columns_in_Ordinary_and_I
ntermediate_Moment_Resisting_Concrete_Frames
3.2.2 Geotechnical Engineering Context (Ground Improvement)

This field deals with the bearing capacity of soil and defining its strength to resist deformation.
3.2.2.1 Vibro Replacement

Vibro Replacement is a method of constructing densely compacted stone columns using a depth vibrator to
densify the aggregate backfill and surrounding granular soil. The technology is used to treat clays, silts and
mixed stratified soils and improve their load bearing and settlement characteristics.

Application:

● Suitable for very weak, cohesive and organic soils.

● The allowable bearing pressure after improvement is typically in a range of 150 to 400kPa

● Off-shore compaction for quay walls and bridge abutments

● Liquefaction mitigation

50
Figure 3.4 Vibro Replacement
Source: https://www.google.com/search?
q=vibro+replacement+picture&rlz=1C1CHBF_enPH854PH854&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=2ahU
KEwjDk73s6c7nAhXsKqYKHcSjC3IQ_AUoAXoECA0QAw&biw=1536&bih=754#imgrc=QMnP6HbpoiBa6M

Advantages Disadvantages

● An effective treatment for soft/weak soils at ● Vibro-compaction is only effective on


depths of 2m >20m. granular and non-cohesive soils.

● Optimised and localised treatment solution ● Densification generally cannot be achieved


for differing soils. when the granular soil contains more than
12 to 15 percent silt or more than 2 percent
● Highly economical and often results in clay.
greater time savings.
● A comprehensive analysis of the soil profile
● Reduces the risk of seismically induced is needed with continuous sampling or in-situ
liquefaction. testing.

● Minimal noise and vibration. ● Not suitable for sites with contaminated land
if vibratory techniques use water jetting.
● Allows high production rates being quicker
to complete than piling.

51
Table 3.4 Advantages and Disadvantages of Vibro Replacement

Source:https://www.premierguarantee.com/resource-hub/advantages-and-disadvantages-of-vibro-piling/

3.2.2.2 Wet Soil Mixing

Wet soil mixing or also known as deep mixing method is a ground improvement technique that uses dry
cementitious binder to create soilcrete that improves high moisture clays and other weak soils by
mechanically mixing. It can be used in nearly any soil type, including organics. Stiff soils and obstruction
must be pre-drilled ahead of soil mixing process.

Application

● Increase bearing capacity

● Decrease settlement

● Mitigate liquefaction

● Provide structural support

● Reduce permeability

Figure 3.5 Wet Soil Mixing


Source: https://www.google.com/search?biw=1366&bih=608&tbm

52
=isch&sxsrf=ACYBGNTmSsL3NMIdupemtoFHjGMKX35BFg
%3A1571353878510&sa=1&ei=FvWoXe3jHpP6wQOBsrT4BA&q=wet+soil+mixing&oq=wet+&gs_l=img.1.0
.35i39j0i67j0l8.13857.15699..16301...0.0..0.199.518.4j1......0....1..gws-wiz-img.......0i10.-wvkKys8Bhs

Advantages Disadvantages

● Can be used up to a depth of 30m and by ● High cost of mobilization


theory can be used for most subsurface
● Uneconomical for small structur
● Low vibration and noise
● Design verification is subjective
● Reduced in amount of waste materials
● Must have in depth investigation of
● Economical than remove and replaced geotechnical report

Table 3.5 Advantages and Disadvantages of Wet Soil Mixing

Source: https://www.dot.ny.gov/divisions/engineering/technical-services/geotechnical-engineering-
bureau/geotech-eng-repository/GDM_Ch-14_Ground%20Improvement.pdf

3.2.2.3 Jet Grouting

Jet grouting is a ground improvement or soil stabilization method. Jet grouting is a method of soil
stabilization which involves the injection of a stabilizing fluid into the subsoil (or the soil under treatment)
under high pressure under high velocity. The injection process involves a certain amount of site preparation
as well as injection equipment.

Application

 For construction of horizontal barriers


 Control of groundwater
 Underpinning
 Tunneling
 Support for excavation

53
Figure 3.6 Jet Grouting
Source: https://www.google.com/search?
q=jet+grouting&rlz=1C1CHBF_enPH854PH854&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwjkka247s7
nAhVExIsBHSVID_EQ_AUoAXoECA8QAw&biw=1536&bih=754#imgrc=HPEtbwMOSOJ7cM

Advantages Disadvantages

● Large cemented material column creation ● limited depth


without causing huge ground disturbances
(subsoil) ● weak in tensile strength

● Columns form continuous elements forming ● availability of the equipment


in different shapes thus improving the
mechanical properties and decreasing ● it cannot use in small area projects
porosity.

● Improvement in construction process thus


emerging out with a better design
philosophy

● It’s attractive nature in terms of confined


space working and under difficult site
conditions

54
Table 3.6 Advantages and Disadvantages of Jet Grouting

Source: https://theconstructor.org/geotechnical/jet-grouting-procedure-advantages/14470/

3.3 RAW DESIGNERS RANKING

Based on the constraints stated above, three construction methodologies were considered on the structural
framing system to be design to satisfy the requirements of cost, speed of construction, life span and
structural safety. Using the model on trade off strategies in engineering design by Otto and Antonsson
(1991), the importance of each criterion (on scale 1 to 5, 5 with the highest importance) was assigned and
each design methodology’s ability to satisfy the criterion.

Figure 3.7 Ranking Scale

After considering the design constraints, the designers performed an initial evaluation of the two framing
system based on the constraints above and came up with the raw designer’s ranking shown in the table
below.

The outcome of the set criterion therefore will constitute the decision of the client and the designers. Above
all, economical, will be given an importance value of 10. Safety or risk assessment will be given an
importance value of 9, sustainability constraints and constructability will be given an importance value of 8,
and lastly, environmental assessment will be given an importance value of 8

Design Criteria Criterion’s Ability to satisfy the criterion (on a scale of 0 to 10)
Importance (on a Special Reinforced Dual System with Dual System with
scale of 0 to 10) Concrete Moment Intermediate Special Moment
Frame Moment Frame Frame
Economic 10 7 8 9
Safety 9 9 7 6
Sustainability 9 8 7 6
Constructability 9 6 6 5

55
Environmental 8 7 7 7
assessment
Overall Rank 313 297 283

Table 3.7: Designer’s Raw Ranking

Cost

Constraint Dual System with Dual System with


Special Reinforced Intermediate Moment Special Moment Frame
Concrete Moment Frame Frame

Economic Php 2,440,595.00 Php 2,616,075.00 Php 3,036,999.00

Constructability 95 days 98 days 102 days

Safety 7.06 mm 9.09 mm 11.26 mm

Sustainability Php 12,200.00 Php 12,900.00 Php 12,750.00

Environmental 35.94 kg of CO2 per km 43.13 35.94 kg of CO2 per 40.25 35.94 kg of CO2
Assessment km per km

Table 3.8: Initial Estimate Value

Cost Difference of Trade off A and Trade off B

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

2616075−2440595
% difference= ×10
2616075

% difference=0.67

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−0.67

Subordinaterank =9.33

56
Cost Difference of Trade off B and Trade off C

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

3036999−2616075
% difference= ×10
3036999

% difference=1.39

Subordinate rank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1.96

Subordinate rank =8.04

Cost Difference of Trade off A and Trade off C

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

3036999−2440595
% difference= ×10
3036999

% difference=1.39

Subordinate rank =Governing rank −%difference

57
Subordinate rank =10−1.3

Subordinaterank =8.61

Duration Difference of Trade off A and Trade off B

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

98−95
% difference= × 10
98

% difference=0.31=1

Subordinate rank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1

Subordinate rank =9

Duration Difference of Trade off B and Trade off C

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

102−98
% difference= ×10
102

% difference=0.4=1

58
Subordinate rank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1

Subordinate rank =9

Duration Difference of Trade off A and Trade off C

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

102−95
% difference= ×10
102

% difference=0.69=1

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1

Subordinate rank =9

Safety Difference of Trade off A and Trade off B

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

59
9.09−7.06
% difference= ×10
9.09

% difference=2.23=3

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−3

Subordinate rank =7

Safety Difference of Trade off B and Trade off c

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

11.26−9.09
% difference= × 10
11.26

% difference=1.92=2

Subordinate rank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinaterank =10−2

Subordinate rank =8

Safety Difference of Trade off A and Trade off C

60
higher value−lower value
% difference= ×10
higher value

11.26−7.06
% difference= × 10
11.26

% difference=3.73=4

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−4

Subordinate rank =6

Sustainability Difference of Trade off A and Trade off B

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

12900−12200
% difference= ×10
12900

% difference=0.5=1

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1

Subordinate rank =9

61
Sustainability Difference of Trade off B and Trade off C

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

12900−12750
% difference= ×10
12900

% difference=0.11

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1

Subordinate rank =9

Sustainability Difference of Trade off A and Trade off C

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

12750−12200
% difference= ×10
12750

% difference=0.43=1

Subordinate rank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1

Subordinate rank =9

62
Criterion’s Ability to satisfy the criterion (on a scale 0 to 10)
Design Criteria Importance (on a
scale of 0 to 10) Vibro-
Wet Soil Mixing Jet Grouting
Replacement
Economic 10
2.6 1.53 2.6
Safety 9
8.45 1.62 1.92
Sustainability 9
10 8.33 8.33

Constructability 8
9.18 9.41 9.38

Over-all Rank 246 162.39 175.58

Trade-offs Design constraints


GEOTECHNICAL Economic Sustainability Constructability Safety
Cost (Php) Bearing (Duration - days) Service life - years
SYSTEM capacity
(Kpa)

Low Mobility 672.30 per 75


861.8 50
Compaction cubic yard

2585.78 per
Wet Soil Mixing 1019.89 50 85
cubic yard
395.62 per
Preloading of soil cubic yard 165.6 60 80

63
3.3.1 Computation for Ranking of Economic Constraints (Vibro Replacement vs. WSM)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

2585.78−672.30
% difference= x 10
2585.78

% difference=7.4

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−7.4

SubordinateRank=2.6

Computation for Ranking of Economic Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10o
HigherValue

2585.78−395.62
% difference= x 10
2585.78

% difference=8.47

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−8.47

SubordinateRank=1.53 ≈ 1

64
3.3.2 Computation for Ranking of Economic Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

2585.78−672.30
% difference= x 10
2585.78

% difference=7.4

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−7.4

SubordinateRank=2.6

3.3.3 Computation for Ranking of Sustainability Constraint (Vibro-Replacement vs. WSM)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

1019.89−861.8
% difference= x 10
1019.89

% difference=1.55

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−1.55

SubordinateRank=8.45

65
3.3.4 Computation for Ranking of Sustainability Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

1019.89−165.6
% difference= x 10
1019.89

% difference=8.38

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−8.38

SubordinateRank=1.62 ≈ 1

Computation for Ranking of Sustainability Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

861.8−165.6
% difference= x 10
861.8

% difference=8.08

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−8.08

SubordinateRank=1.92 ≈ 1

66
3.3.5 Computation for Ranking of Constructability Constraint (Vibro-Replacement vs WSM)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

50 days−50 days
% difference= x 10
50 days

% difference=0

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10

SubordinateRank=10

3.3.6 Computation for Ranking of Constructability Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

60 days−50 days
% difference= x 10
60 days

% difference=1.67

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−1.67

SubordinateRank=8.33 ≈ 8

67
3.3.7 Computation for Ranking of Constructability Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

60 days−50 days
% difference= x 10
60 days

% difference=1.67

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−1.67

SubordinateRank=8.33 ≈ 8

3.3.8 Computation for Ranking of Safety Constraint (Vibro-Replacement vs WSM)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

85 years−75 years
% difference= x 10
85 years

% difference=.82

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−.82

SubordinateRank=9.18

68
3.3.9 Computation for Ranking of Safety Constraint (WSM vs Jet Grouting)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

85 years−80 years
% difference= x 10
85 years

% difference=0.59

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−0.59

SubordinateRank=9.41≈ 9

3.3.10 Computation for Ranking of Safety Constraint (Jet Grouting vs Vibro-Replacement)

HigherValue−LowerValue
% difference= x 10
HigherValue

80 years−75 years
% difference= x 10
80 years

% difference=0.63

SubordinateRank=GoverningRank −( % difference )

SubordinateRank=10−0.63

SubordinateRank=9.38≈ 9

69
3.3.11 Tradeoffs Assessment

The governing rank is the subjective choice of the designers in appointing the value for the criterion’s
importance and the ability to satisfy the criterion, the designers would subjectively choose any desired
value. In this case, economic constraint was given an importance of ten (10). Also, risk assessment
constraint was given importance of nine (9) for the quality and integrity of the project. The constructability
constraint is given an importance of nine (9) since it will be based on the duration of construction phase.
The sustainability constraint is given an importance of nine (9) since the life span of the building in different
factors arises will determine if the project is sustainable or not, and lastly the environmental assessment
was given an importance factor of eight (8).

3.4 DESIGN STANDARDS

The designers come up with the design of the fire station building with accordance to the following codes
and standards:

The National Building Code of the Philippines (PD 1096). The National Building Code of the Philippines,
also known as Presidential Decree No. 1096 was formulated and adopted as a uniform building code to
embody up-to-date and modern technical knowledge on building design, construction, use, occupancy and
maintenance. The Code provides for all buildings and structures, a framework of minimum standards and
requirements to regulate and control location, site, design, and quality of materials, construction, use,
occupancy, and maintenance.

The National Structural Code of the Philippines. This code provides minimum standards to safeguard life or
limb, property and public welfare by regulating and controlling the design, construction, quality of materials
pertaining to the structural aspects of all buildings and structures within its jurisdiction. The provision of this
code shall apply to the construction, alteration, moving, demolition, repair, maintenance and use of any
building or structure within its jurisdiction, except work located primarily in a public way, public utility towers
and poles, hydraulic flood control structures, and indigenous family dwellings.

70
CHAPTER 4: DESIGN OF STRUCTURE

4.1 DESIGN METHODOLOGY (Structural Context)


The structure was designed with accordance to various codes and standards, codes provided in this design
project. The structure was designed as reinforced concrete using ultimate stress design (USD). The codes
and standards that were used in the design process are specified in Chapter 3

DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

MATERIAL PROPERTIES

STRUCTURAL MODEL

LOAD MODELS

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

STRUCTURAL DESIGN
Figure 4.1 Design Process

In designing the structure, the designer provided a flow chart which shows the respective design stage
process. The design starts with conceptualizing what structure is to be built and what functions in order to
what geometric modelling is appropriate for the structure. In geometric modelling, the frame was
conceptualized with accordance to the National Building Code of the Philippines (NBCP) and the design
specifications was conformed to the National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP 2015). The designer
used a structural software STAAD Pro v8i for the geometric modelling and structural analysis to calculate
the needed values for the structural design. The designer has used different load combination specified by
the code in generating the structural data to be used in the structural design. The design process takes
place after gathering the values generated by the software.

71
4.2 DESIGN OF TRADEOFF 1 (SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING FRAME)

Figure 4.2 3D Rendered view of the Reinforced Concrete SMRF Structure

4.2.1 Design Specification

Figure 4.3 Design Properties in STAAD Pro

ELEMENT DIMENSION MATERIAL


COLUMN 450mm x 450mm Concrete

72
BEAM 400mm x 250mm Concrete
SLAB 150 mm (Thickness) Concrete
Table 4.1 Design Properties

4.2.2 Design Loads


The Design Loads and Parameters shown are project design inputs from the National Structural Code of
the Philippines (NSCP) 2015.

Figure 4.4 Dead Load input in STAAD Pro

Member Load
st th
Components (1  to 2 floor) Design Load (KPa)

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Concrete Masonry Unit

CHB Wall, 150mm, Full Grout (Plastered both sides) 3.11

CHB Wall, 100mm, Full Grout (Plastered both sides) 2.98

Wall covering

Waterproofing Membrane: Bituminous smooth 0.07


surface
Table 4.2 Member Loads
Floor Load
Components (1st to 2th floor) Design Load (KPa)

73
Ceilings

Gypsum board (per mm thickness) 0.008

Plaster on tile or concrete 0.24

Floor Fills

Lightweight Concrete, per mm 0.015

Floor and Floor Finishes

Cement Finish (25MM) on stone concrete fill 1.53

Frame Partitions

Wood or Steel studs, 13 mm gypsum board each 0.38


side

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Total Dead Load 2.553


Table 4.3 Dead Loads

4.2.3 Live Loads


The maximum live loads expected by the intended use or occupancy based on section 205 of the code.
Below are the occupancy descriptions and the equivalent design live loads in KPa:

Figure 4.5 Live Load input in STAAD Pro

Use or Occupancy Description Design Load (KPa)


Description

74
Parking garages and ramps Public parking and ramps 4.8
Roof Decks Same as area served or --
occupancy
Office (Other offices) 2.4
Table 4.4: Minimum Design Live Loads

4.2.4 Seismic load parameter

Figure 4.6 Seismic Parameters in STAAD Pro

Parameters
Importance Factor 1.5
Soil Profile Type Stiff Soil, Sd
Seismic Zone ZONE 4: Z=0.4
Seismic source type A
Near Source Factor (Na) 1.2
Near Source Factor (Nv) 1.6
Seismic Coefficient (Ca) 0.44Na = 0.53
Seismic Coefficient (Cv) 0.64 Nv = 1.02
R (Special Reinforced Concrete Moment Frame) 8.5
Numerical Coefficient (Ct) .0731
Table 4.5 Seismic Parameters

4.2.5 Load Combination


The following table defines the different types of load combination used in the structural analysis of the
building. All these combinations will be applied and the designer will determine the load combination that

75
will produce the maximum stress in the building. This governing load combination will then be used to
calculate the member forces for the design.

Figure 4.7 NSCP 2015 Load Combination generated in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.8 NSCP 2015 generated Drift code in STAAD Pro

76
Figure 4.9 NSCP 2015 – ACI-FOOTING Load Combination code generated in STAAD Pro

4.2.6 Structural Analysis


The parameters that were previously stated in this chapter were now then used for the structural analysis of
the configuration using computer software (STAAD). The designer defined all load combinations, seismic
and wind load definitions, dead and live loads and trial structural members to obtain the member forces that
will be used in the design. The following figures show the highlights of the structural analysis process.

77
Figure 4.10 Allowable drift factor in NSCP 2015

78
Δs = Δm / (0.7 x R)

Where:

Δm = 0.025h or h/40, if T < 0.7 sec

Δm = 0.020h or h/50, if T > 0.7 sec

T = fundamental period of building

h = structural height

Ct = .0731

T = Ct(H).75 = .0731(8.5).75 = 0.364 < 0.7

Δs = Δm / (0.7 x R) = 1 / 0.7 x 8.5 x 40 = .0042

Figure 4.11 Allowable drift factor input in STAAD Pro

79
Figure 4.12 Maximum Shear Forces result in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.13 Maximum Bending Moment result in STAAD Pro

80
Figure 4.14 Earthquake force at x-direction result in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.15 Earthquake force at z-direction result in STAAD Pro

81
Figure 4.16 Dead Load

Figure 4.17 Live Loads

82
Figure 4.18 1.4 DL

Figure 4.19 1.2 DL + 1.2 LL

83
Figure 4.20 1.42 DL + .5 LL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.21 1.42 DL + .5 LL - 1.25 EQ

84
Figure 4.22 1.42 DL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.23 1.42 DL - 1.25 EQ

85
Figure 4.24 0.68 DL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.25 0.68 DL - 1.25 EQ


4.2.6.1 STAAD Pro Results

86
Figure 4.26 Center of Mass Result

Figure 4.27 Center of Mass Result

87
Figure 4.28 Center of Rigidity result

88
Figure 4.29 Storey Drift Check

Figure 4.30 Soft storey Check

89
Figure 4.31 Design Base Shear in NSCP 2015
Check:
W = 6554.58 kN
I = 1.5
R = 8.5
Na = 1.2
Nv = 1.6
Ca = 0.44Na = 0.53
Cv = 0.64Nv = 1.02
T = 0.364
V = Cv(I)(W) / RT = 3241.23 kN (design base shear)
V = 2.5Ca(I)(W) / R = 1526.83 kN (maximum design base shear) GOVERNS!
V = 0.11Ca(I)(W) = 571.03 kN (minimum design base shear)
V = 0.8ZNV(I)(W) / R = 444.16 kN (minimum design base shear)

4.2.7 Structural Design

After analyzing the structure using STAAD Pro, the designers used the STAAD RCDC for designing the
beams, columns, slabs and walls.

4.2.7.1 Design of Beam

90
Figure 4.32 Design process of singly reinforced beams

Figure 4.33 Design process of doubly reinforced beams

91
Figure 4.34 Design process of shear reinforcement

92
Figure 4.35 Beam Layout Result in STAAD RCDC

BEAM DESIGN SUMMARY

93
Group No : G1

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 4

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 99.84 74.56


91.69 175.097 58.861 190.265
1 3

PtClc (%) 1.13 0.8 1.02 2.04 0.619 2.21

Ast Calc 929.8 1013.4


663.7 1681.99 510.96 1820.35
(sqmm) 5 2

Ast Prv 1191.3


992.8 992.8 2026.84 573.04 2026.84
(sqmm) 6

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 112.84 104.04 119.2

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 616.788 486.998 669.374

94
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B2

Group No : G1

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 5

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 65.38 178.26 56.71


85.755 79.01 165.86
6 5 5

PtClc (%) 0.94 0.7 0.86 2.07 0.595 1.94

Ast Calc 573.4 1710.8 490.7


1013.42 1013.42 1597.73
(sqmm) 1 9 2

Ast Prv 595.6 2026.8 573.0


1191.36 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 8 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25

95
t 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 111.77 96.61 110.24

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 614.384 416.629 615.282

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B3

Group No : G1

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 6

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

96
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 85.60 84.25


110.49 181.309 66.421 187.834
3 3

PtClc (%) 0.94 0.92 1.27 2.11 0.707 2.18

Ast Calc 776.5 762.4 1051.2


1738.66 583.45 1798.18
(sqmm) 4 8 3

Ast Prv 1191.3


992.8 992.8 2026.84 794.24 2026.84
(sqmm) 6

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 119.39 104.24 114.37

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 668.632 479.578 624.347

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B4

Group No : G2

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 25

97
Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 84.79 202.58 67.43


115.236 102.84 204.676
3 7 6

PtClc (%) 1.34 0.93 1.17 2.34 0.719 2.37

Ast Calc 1932.7 593.3


1107.45 768.1 1013.42 1951.82
(sqmm) 6 3

Ast Prv 2026.8 794.2


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 120.95 116.6 124.98

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 688.643 603.402 726.284

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

98
Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B5

Group No : G2

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 26

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 68.74 189.05 58.95


90.278 82.81 180.62
3 9 3

PtClc (%) 1 0.73 0.91 2.19 0.62 2.1

Ast Calc 1809.3 511.8


1013.42 606.1 1013.42 1732.37
(sqmm) 5 3

Ast Prv 2026.8 573.0


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design 99
Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 114.54 106.16 114.28

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 667.152 505.249 667.298

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B6

Group No : G2

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 27

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 70.60 178.84 53.94


78.04 88.21 176.839
2 7 8

PtClc (%) 0.85 0.76 0.97 2.08 0.563 2.06

100
Ast Calc 624.3 464.8
1013.42 1013.42 1716.2 1697.88
(sqmm) 6 4

Ast Prv 2026.8 573.0


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 114.3 105.92 110.92

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 666.074 492.767 668.376

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B7

Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 46

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

101
Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 87.76 208.16 70.44


120.748 107.49 209.238
8 7 3

PtClc (%) 1.42 0.97 1.23 2.4 0.755 2.42

Ast Calc 799.2 1983.6 622.7


1174.57 1016.36 1993.44
(sqmm) 6 7 9

Ast Prv 2026.8 794.2


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 123 118.61 126.99

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 708.876 623.699 745.93

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B8
102
Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 47

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 72.33 199.26 62.28


100.845 100.48 198.335
5 1 3

PtClc (%) 1.14 0.78 1.14 2.31 0.659 2.3

Ast Calc 1902.4 543.5


1013.42 641.5 1013.42 1893.98
(sqmm) 2 4

Ast Prv 2026.8 573.0


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 120.11 111.73 119.96

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 680.134 559.283 678.52

103
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B9

Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 48

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 87.52 208.14 69.99


106.01 119.92 206.938
3 7 2

PtClc (%) 1.21 0.97 1.41 2.4 0.75 2.39

Ast Calc 796.6 1983.4 618.3


1013.42 1164.38 1972.45
(sqmm) 8 8 5

Ast Prv 2026.8 794.2


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

104
t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 126.63 118.25 122.43

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 742.382 619.861 703.354

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B10

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 67

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

105
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 83.80 193.46 67.57


118.094 109.45 207.931
5 9 1

PtClc (%) 1.38 0.92 1.26 2.24 0.721 2.4

Ast Calc 757.8 1849.5 594.6


1142 1039.07 1981.51
(sqmm) 3 8 4

Ast Prv 2026.8 794.2


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 120.07 111.22 126.38

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 678.253 560.083 739.955

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B11

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 68

106
Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 72.09 188.67 63.82


95.432 81.03 167.268
8 1 1

PtClc (%) 1.07 0.77 0.88 2.19 0.677 1.95

Ast Calc 639.1 1805.8 558.3


1013.42 1013.42 1610.57
(sqmm) 6 2 1

Ast Prv 2026.8 573.0


1191.36 992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


t 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 114.3 99.14 112.41

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 623.955 446.118 615.39

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

107
Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : 1-#13EF

Beam No : B12

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 69

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 77.70
78.73 100.82 172.327 62.018 180.018
2

PtClc (%) 0.84 0.86 1.14 2.01 0.656 2.09

Ast Calc 695.2 705.7 1013.4


1656.72 541 1726.88
(sqmm) 9 3 2

Ast Prv 1191.3


992.8 992.8 2026.84 573.04 2026.84
(sqmm) 6

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#25

Shear Design 108


Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 115.53 100.37 111.3

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 630.438 439.404 594.091

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B13

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 113

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 77.06
147.97 90.974 134.25 186.879 197.06
9

PtClc (%) 1.74 1.01 1.63 2.17 0.835 2.28

109
Ast Calc 1348.5
1434.52 833.28 1789.47 688.9 1882.34
(sqmm) 2

Ast Prv 1410.5 794.2


1586.46 1013.42 2026.84 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#19 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 124 112.29 132.09

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 731.563 605.582 812.4

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B14

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 101

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

110
Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 73.98
134.429 79.289 134.56 188.158 187.856
3

PtClc (%) 1.64 0.86 1.64 2.18 0.797 2.18

Ast Calc 1352.6


1350.94 711.42 1801.14 657.9 1798.38
(sqmm) 8

Ast Prv 1410.5 794.2


1410.54 1013.42 2026.84 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 125.23 105.43 125.08

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 755.2 541.234 753.004

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B15
111
Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 89

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 134.146 91.18 148.2 197.384 77.06 186.676

PtClc (%) 1.63 1.01 1.74 2.29 0.835 2.17

Ast Calc 1436.5


1347.13 835.48 1885.3 688.8 1787.62
(sqmm) 9

Ast Prv 1586.4 794.2


1410.54 1013.42 2026.84 2026.84
(sqmm) 6 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#19 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 132.27 112.47 123.89

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 814.58 607.303 729.384

112
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : 1-#13EF

Beam No : B16

Group No : G6

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 114

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 79.49
144.768 89.071 130.84 192.551 186.038
9

PtClc (%) 1.7 0.99 1.58 2.23 0.865 2.16

Ast Calc 713.5


1405.32 813.02 1303.2 1841.21 1781.8
(sqmm) 6

Ast Prv 1410.5 794.2


1410.54 1013.42 2026.84 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

113
t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 121.83 108.54 124.36

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 743.909 572.172 782.272

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B17

Group No : G6

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 102

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

114
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 68.12
123.041 73.378 123.09 177.208 176.643
9

PtClc (%) 1.46 0.79 1.46 2.06 0.727 2.06

Ast Calc 1203.6 600.0


1203.12 651.88 1701.25 1696.09
(sqmm) 7 8

Ast Prv 1410.5 794.2


1410.54 1013.42 2026.84 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 116.19 102.9 115.98

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 764.622 513.869 761.559

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B18

Group No : G6

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 90

115
Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 79.56
130.5 89.465 145.15 186.301 192.288
2

PtClc (%) 1.57 0.99 1.71 2.16 0.866 2.23

Ast Calc 714.1


1298.73 817.21 1408.8 1784.2 1838.82
(sqmm) 9

Ast Prv 1410.5 794.2


1410.54 1013.42 2026.84 2026.84
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 124.58 111.29 121.62

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 785.415 591.116 740.766

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

116
Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B19

Group No : G7

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 115

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 66.59 148.59 62.79


104.953 106.5 165.823
9 7 6

PtClc (%) 1.2 0.71 1.22 1.75 0.665 1.94

Ast Calc 585.1 1440.2 548.4


987.34 1013.42 1597.39
(sqmm) 7 4 6

Ast Prv 595.6 1586.4 573.0


992.8 1191.36 2026.84
(sqmm) 8 6 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


t 2-#16 3-#16 2-#19 2-#25

Shear Design 117


Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 104.39 91.1 109.71

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 671.61 407.519 684.127

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : 1-#13EF

Beam No : B20

Group No : G7

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 103

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 109.40 68.00 103.4


165.529 63.749 154.889
2 7 7

PtClc (%) 1.26 0.73 1.18 1.93 0.676 1.82

118
Ast Calc 1038.5 598.8 970.5
1594.71 557.61 1497.65
(sqmm) 3 9 3

Ast Prv 1191.3


992.8 992.8 2026.84 573.04 1586.46
(sqmm) 6

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 108.55 95.27 106.95

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 656.789 454.893 698.948

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : 1-#13EF

Beam No : B21

Group No : G7

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 91

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

119
Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 99.61 72.56


112.39 158.479 61.418 156.859
9 2

PtClc (%) 1.12 0.78 1.3 1.86 0.649 1.84

Ast Calc 927.3 643.7 1073.6


1530.39 535.26 1515.62
(sqmm) 9 6 3

Ast Prv 1191.3


992.8 992.8 1586.46 573.04 1586.46
(sqmm) 6

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#19 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 109.67 96.38 104.77

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 681.078 459.737 662.675

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B22
120
Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 116

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 111.46 101.5


71.6 153.222 59.243 162.006
3 5

PtClc (%) 1.29 0.77 1.15 1.8 0.624 1.89

Ast Calc 1062.6 634.2 948.9


1482.44 514.58 1562.56
(sqmm) 5 2 3

Ast Prv 1191.3


992.8 992.8 1586.46 573.04 1586.46
(sqmm) 6

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25


3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 107.62 87.81 113.95

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 644.494 381.608 681.283

121
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : -

Beam No : B23

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 104

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 95.23 61.21 56.44


89.02 149.925 141.016
5 7 4

PtClc (%) 1.07 0.65 0.98 1.76 0.592 1.66

Ast Calc 879.2 533.3 812.4 488.1


1452.36 1371.09
(sqmm) 1 5 9 8

Ast Prv 595.6 573.0


992.8 992.8 1586.46 1586.46
(sqmm) 8 4

Reinforcemen 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#19 2-#25

122
t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 104.39 84.59 103.49

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 641.975 351.913 629.454

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : 1-#13EF

Beam No : B24

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 92

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

123
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 68.41
96.771 81.446 122.51 156.557 163.592
5

PtClc (%) 1.09 0.89 1.45 1.83 0.731 1.91

Ast Calc 1196.4 602.8


895.99 733.48 1512.86 1577.04
(sqmm) 7 8

Ast Prv 1410.5 794.2


1013.42 1013.42 1586.46 1586.46
(sqmm) 4 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 115.41 95.61 109.07

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 687.642 432.672 696.153

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

SFR : 1-#13EF

124
4.2.7.2 Design of Slab

 Identify the load consists of:

Live load pressure

Dead load pressure

Ceiling load and other attached below the slab


 Determine the minimum thickness “h” from NSCP 2010 or 2015.
 Compute the weight of slab (Pa), Weight =уconc x h
 Calculate the factored moment (Mu) uniform load wu=factored pressure x 1m
 Compute the effective depth,d

d=h−covering ( usually 20 mm )−0.5(main diameter)

 Required Steel ratio, ρ:


 Solve for Rn from Mu = 𝟇 Rn bd2

0.85 f ' c
ρ= ¿)
fy

 Solve for ρmax and ρmin

If ρ is <ρmax and >ρmin, use ρ


If ρ is >ρmax, increase depth of slab to ensure ductile failure
If ρ is <ρmin, use ρ=ρmin

 Compute the required spacing

As= ρbd

A
One way slab ≤ 0.5
B
A
Two way slab ≥ 0.5
B

L
=SIMPLY SUPPORTED
20

L
=ONE END CONTINOUS
24

L
=BOTH ENDS
28

125
L
=CANTILEVER
10

As temp.= 0.002bt

Abar ( 1000 )
s= <smax use sax if s is>smax
AS

1. When S/L<0.5 it is one way slab


2. Min. Steel bars (main reinforced)=12mm𝟇
3. Min. Temp. Bars=10mm𝟇
4. Max. Spacing of main bars greater than not equal to 3 times thickness of slab of 500mm
5. Max. Spacing of temperature bars less than not equal to 5 times thickness of slab of 500mm

As=0.0018 bt for grade 400 bars fy=400 MPa

As=0.02 bt for grade 300 bars fy=300 MPa

For Two way Slab

1. S/L>0.5 it is two way slab


2. Min. Thickness t=perimeter / 180
3. Max. Spacing of main bars =3t greater than not equal to 500mm
4. Spacing of bars within the column strips is 3/2 times the spacing t the center.

126
Table 4.36 Slab layout result from STAAD RCDC

127
Two Way Slab: 1. Interior Panel

  2. One Short Edge Discontinuous

  3. One Long Edge Discontinuous

  4. Two Adjacent Edges Discontinuous

  5. Two Short Edges Discontinuous

  6. Two Long Edges Discontinuous

  7. Three Edges Discontinuous (One Long Edge Continuous)

  8. Three Edges Discontinuous (One Short Edge Continuous)

  9. Four Edges Discontinuous

  10.Simply Supported On Four Sides

     

Level: 5.5m

     

     

Slab No. : S1

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

128
     

     

Slab No. : S2

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

Slab No. : S4

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 2

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

129
     

Slab No. : S5

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 1

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S6

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

Slab No. : S7

130
Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S8

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 3

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S9

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

131
Live Load = 2.4
Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

4.2.7.3 Column Design

Table 4.37 Column layout Result from STAAD RCDC


132
Load Combinations:

1. 1.4 (LOAD 3: DL)

2. 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL)

3. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

4. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

5. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

6. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

7. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

8. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

9. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

10. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

11. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

12. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

13. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

14. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

Levels: 1. FOUNDATION

2. 2m

3. 5.5m

4. 8.5m

Column/Wall: C1

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

133
#10
@ 75
1 TO 450 X C25: -
6 41 1131.79 3.54 2.4 0.64 4-#32 + 8-#16 + #10
2 450 Fy420 245.18
@
225

#10
@ 75
2 TO 450 X C25:
12 47 153.16 -7.91 203.55 1.18 0.9 12-#16 + #10
3 450 Fy420
@
225

#10
@ 75
3 TO 450 X C25:
5 40 333.61 145.96 38.2 1.18 0.62 12-#16 + #10
4 450 Fy420
@
225

Column/Wall: C2

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

450 #10 @
1 TO C25:
X 11 46 217.44 224.96 6.42 2.4 0.54 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
2 Fy420
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
2 TO C25: -
X 13 48 163.98 -6.9 2.4 0.85 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
3 Fy420 195.06
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
3 TO C25:
X 11 46 58.39 -137.1 9.22 2.4 0.65 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
4 Fy420
450 @ 225

Column/Wall: C3

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

1 TO 450 C25: 13 48 270.85 -220.7 4.24 1.18 0.91 12-#16 #10 @

134
75 +
X
2 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: 75 +
X 13 48 207.91 213.64 -16.87 1.18 0.92 12-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: 75 +
X 13 48 57.27 142.05 6.93 2.4 0.67 4-#32 + 8-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C4

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: - 75 +
X 13 48 215.6 26.01 1.18 0.94 12-#16
2 Fy420 217.16 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: 75 +
X 11 46 304.47 174.67 -26.41 1.18 0.73 12-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: - 75 +
X 3 38 335.92 36.43 1.18 0.61 12-#16
4 Fy420 142.59 #10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C5

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

1 TO 450 C25: 14 49 191.32 6.17 - 2.4 0.61 4-#32 + 8-#16 #10 @


2 X Fy420 254.22 75 + #10

135
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
2 TO C25:
X 12 47 161.53 -9.33 239.63 2.4 0.58 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
3 Fy420
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
3 TO C25: -
X 4 39 131.74 53.35 2.4 0.8 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
4 Fy420 166.69
450 @ 225

Column/Wall: C6

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: - 75 +
X 14 49 221.97 6.94 2.4 0.57 4-#32 + 8-#16
2 Fy420 236.85 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: - 75 +
X 14 49 203.15 6.86 1.18 0.95 12-#16
3 Fy420 222.28 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: - 75 +
X 12 47 92.6 3.53 2.4 0.69 4-#32 + 8-#16
4 Fy420 151.43 #10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C7

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: 75 +
X 11 46 218.58 232.87 -9.49 1.18 0.99 12-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

2 TO 450 C25: 11 46 187.46 - -14.27 1.18 0.97 12-#16 #10 @

136
75 +
X
3 Fy420 222.39 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: 75 +
X 13 48 93.46 151.6 -0.3 2.4 0.68 4-#32 + 8-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C8

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: - 75 +
X 13 48 53.08 19.35 1.18 0.98 12-#16
2 Fy420 206.83 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450 -
2 TO C25: 75 +
X 12 47 155.26 3.19 197.9 1.18 0.87 12-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
450 8
225

#10 @
450 -
3 TO C25: 75 +
X 4 39 126.1 -46.72 132.7 1.18 0.65 12-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
450 5
225

Column/Wall: C9

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

450 #10 @
1 TO C25:
X 12 47 191.82 6.06 254.26 2.4 0.61 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
2 Fy420
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
2 TO C25: -
X 14 49 161.17 -8.8 2.4 0.58 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
3 Fy420 239.49
450 @ 225

137
450 #10 @
3 TO C25:
X 6 41 131.56 52.96 166.35 2.4 0.8 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
4 Fy420
450 @ 225

Column/Wall: C10

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: - 75 +
X 13 48 226.75 -7.15 2.4 0.59 4-#32 + 8-#16
2 Fy420 247.51 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: 222.3 75 +
X 12 47 203.44 6.1 1.18 0.95 12-#16
3 Fy420 4 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: 75 +
X 12 47 85.3 -5.07 -150.5 2.4 0.69 4-#32 + 8-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C11

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: 75 +
X 11 46 225.38 246.94 -7.18 2.4 0.59 4-#32 + 8-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: 75 +
X 11 46 203.94 215.81 -6.51 1.18 0.92 12-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

3 TO 450 C25: 13 48 91.65 148.45 -2.97 2.4 0.67 4-#32 + 8-#16 #10 @
4 X Fy420 75 +

138
#10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C12

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: - 75 +
X 13 48 52.01 22.22 2.4 0.56 4-#32 + 8-#16
2 Fy420 221.21 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: 184.2 75 +
X 12 47 152.6 9.05 1.18 0.82 12-#16
3 Fy420 7 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: 128.3 75 +
X 6 41 127.87 -48.3 1.18 0.63 12-#16
4 Fy420 1 #10 @
450
225

Column/Wall: C13

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10
450 @ 75
1 TO C25: -
X 5 40 1072.97 -10.25 2.4 0.66 4-#32 + 8-#16 + #10
2 Fy420 252.92
450 @
225

#10
450 @ 75
2 TO C25: -
X 14 49 152.81 -7.25 1.18 0.9 12-#16 + #10
3 Fy420 203.47
450 @
225

3 TO 450 C25: 5 40 330.69 155.57 -22.43 1.18 0.64 12-#16 #10

139
@ 75
X + #10
4 Fy420
450 @
225

Column/Wall: C14

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

450 #10 @
1 TO C25: -
X 13 48 206.64 -6.22 2.4 0.62 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
2 Fy420 258.74
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
2 TO C25: -
X 13 48 155.33 -1.61 2.4 0.97 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
3 Fy420 221.66
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
3 TO C25:
X 11 46 59.67 -154 -13.73 2.4 0.73 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
4 Fy420
450 @ 225

Column/Wall: C15

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

450 #10 @
1 TO C25:
X 11 46 281.26 250.38 -5.56 2.4 0.59 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
2 Fy420
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
2 TO C25: -
X 11 46 220.49 6.42 2.4 0.65 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
3 Fy420 271.74
450 @ 225

450 #10 @
3 TO C25:
X 13 48 60.37 167.13 -14.13 2.4 0.79 4-#32 + 8-#16 75 + #10
4 Fy420
450 @ 225

140
Column/Wall: C16

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
450
1 TO C25: 75 +
X 3 38 992.54 253.47 -10.75 2.4 0.64 4-#32 + 8-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
2 TO C25: - 75 +
X 13 48 123.18 1.92 1.18 0.86 12-#16
3 Fy420 192.54 #10 @
450
225

#10 @
450
3 TO C25: - 75 +
X 3 38 334.65 -25.75 1.18 0.66 12-#16
4 Fy420 160.72 #10 @
450
225

141
4.3 DESIGN OF TRADEOFF 2 (DUAL SYSTEM WITH INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAME – SPECIAL
REINFORCED CONCETE SHEAR WALL)

Figure 4.38 3D Rendered view of Tradeoff 2

4.3.1 Design Specification

Figure 4.39 Design Properties in STAAD Pro


ELEMENT DIMENSION MATERIAL
COLUMN 450mm x 450mm Concrete

142
BEAM 400mm x 300mm Concrete
SLAB 150 mm (Thickness) Concrete
SHEAR WALL 300 mm (Thickness) Concrete
Table 4.8 Design Properties

4.3.2 Design Loads


The Design Loads and Parameters shown are project design inputs from the National Structural Code of
the Philippines (NSCP) 2015.

Figure 4.40 Dead Load input in STAAD Pro

Member Load
Components (1st to 2th floor) Design Load (KPa)

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Concrete Masonry Unit

CHB Wall, 150mm, Full Grout (Plastered both sides) 3.11

CHB Wall, 100mm, Full Grout (Plastered both sides) 2.98

Wall covering

Waterproofing Membrane: Bituminous smooth 0.07


surface

143
Table 4.9 Member Loads
Floor Load
Components (1st to 2th floor) Design Load (KPa)

Ceilings

Gypsum board (per mm thickness) 0.008

Plaster on tile or concrete 0.24

Floor Fills

Lightweight Concrete, per mm 0.015

Floor and Floor Finishes

Cement Finish (25MM) on stone concrete fill 1.53

Frame Partitions

Wood or Steel studs, 13 mm gypsum board each 0.38


side

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Total Dead Load 2.553


Table 4.10 Dead Loads

4.3.3 Live Loads

The maximum live loads expected by the intended use or occupancy based on section 205 of the code.
Below are the occupancy descriptions and the equivalent design live loads in KPa:

144
Figure 4.41 Live Load input in STAAD Pro

Use or Occupancy Description Design Load (KPa)


Description
Parking garages and ramps Public parking and ramps 4.8
Roof Decks Same as area served or --
occupancy
Office (Other offices) 2.4
Table 4.11 Minimum Design Live Loads

4.3.4 Seismic load parameter

Figure 4.42 Seismic Parameters in STAAD Pro

Parameters
Importance Factor 1.5
Soil Profile Type Stiff Soil, Sd
Seismic Zone ZONE 4: Z=0.4
Seismic source type A
Near Source Factor (Na) 1.2
Near Source Factor (Nv) 1.6
Seismic Coefficient (Ca) 0.44Na = 0.53
Seismic Coefficient (Cv) 0.64 Nv = 1.02
R (DUAL SYSTEM with Intermediate Moment Frame) 6.5
Numerical Coefficient (Ct) .0731
Table 4.12 Seismic Parameters

145
4.3.5 Load Combination

The following table defines the different types of load combination used in the structural analysis of the
building. All these combinations will be applied and the designer will determine the load combination that
will produce the maximum stress in the building. This governing load combination will then be used to
calculate the member forces for the design.

Figure 4.43 NSCP 2015 Load Combination generated in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.44 NSCP 2015 generated Drift code in STAAD Pro

146
Figure 4.45 NSCP 2015 – ACI-FOOTING Load Combination code generated in STAAD Pro

4.3.6 Structural Analysis


The parameters that were previously stated in this chapter were now then used for the structural analysis of
the configuration using computer software (STAAD). The designer defined all load combinations, seismic
and wind load definitions, dead and live loads and trial structural members to obtain the member forces that
will be used in the design. The following figures show the highlights of the structural analysis process.

147
Figure 4.46 Allowable drift factor in NSCP 2015

148
Δs = Δm / (0.7 x R)

Where:

Δm = 0.025h or h/40, if T < 0.7 sec

Δm = 0.020h or h/50, if T > 0.7 sec

T = fundamental period of building

h = structural height

Ct = .0731

T = Ct(H).75 = .0731(8.5).75 = 0.364 < 0.7

Δs = Δm / (0.7 x R) = 1 / 0.7 x 6.5 x 40 = .0055

Figure 4.47 Allowable drift factor input in STAAD Pro

149
Figure 4.48 Maximum Shear Forces

Figure 4.49 Maximum Bending Moment

150
Figure 4.50 Earthquake force at x-direction

Figure 4.51 Earthquake force at z-direction

151
Figure 4.52 Dead Loads

Figure 4.53 Live Loads

152
Figure 4.54 1.4 DL

Figure 4.55 1.2 DL + 1.2 LL

153
Figure 4.56 1.42 DL + .5 LL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.57 1.42 DL + .5 LL - 1.25 EQ

154
Figure 4.58 1.42 DL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.59 1.42 DL - 1.25 EQ

155
Figure 4.60 0.68 DL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.61 0.68 DL - 1.25 EQ

156
4.3.6.1 STAAD Pro Results

Figure 4.62 Summary of Result in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.63 Center of Mass

157
Figure 4.64 Center of Rigidity

158
Figure 4.65 Storey Drift Check

Figure 4.66 Soft Storey Check

159
Figure 4.67 Design Base Shear in NSCP 2015
Check:
W = 6854.52 kN
I = 1.5
R = 6.5
Na = 1.2
Nv = 1.6
Ca = 0.44Na = 0.53
Cv = 0.64Nv = 1.02
T = 0.364
V = Cv(I)(W) / RT = 4432.55 kN (design base shear)
V = 2.5Ca(I)(W) / R = 2087.99kN (maximum design base shear) GOVERNS!
V = 0.11Ca(I)(W) = 597.17 kN (minimum design base shear)
V = 0.8ZNV(I)(W) / R = 506.18 kN (minimum design base shear

4.3.7 Structural Design


After analyzing the structure using STAAD Pro, the designers used the STAAD RCDC for designing the
beams, columns, slabs and walls.

160
4.3.7.1 Design of Beam

Figure 4.68 Design process of singly reinforced beams

Figure 4.69 Design process of doubly reinforced beams

161
Figure 4.70 Design process of shear reinforcement

162
Figure 4.71 Beam layout result from STAAD RCDC

163
Beam No : B1

Group No : G1

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 4

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 73.15 25.09


0 70.4 143.007 0
6 2

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.87 0.83 1.76 0.333 0.13

Ast Calc 528.8 715.2 687.9


1454.82 275 317.29
(sqmm) 2 3 3

Ast Prv 595.6 397.1


992.8 992.8 1586.46 397.12
(sqmm) 8 2

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#16 2-#16 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 100.46 85.3 33.36

164
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 301.619 301.619 301.619

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 790.491 580.757 301.619

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B2

Group No : G2

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 6

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 45.38
122.591 114.538 0 0 193.036
6

PtClc (%) 1.52 1.41 0.13 0.13 0.537 2.31

Ast Calc 107.2 443.2


1254.53 1160.23 675.61 1902.68
(sqmm) 5 2

Ast Prv 1410.54 1410.54 1013.4 397.1 573.0 2026.84

165
(sqmm) 2 2 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#19 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 9.11 109.55 124.71

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 506.334 506.334 506.334

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 506.334 1074.796 1250.621

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B3

Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 25

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

166
Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 30.77 59.87 20.71 16.45


0 122.382
2 7 6 6

PtClc (%) 0.38 0.71 0.13 0.33 0.307 1.52

Ast Calc 315.3 582.7 470.1


275 253.4 1253.7
(sqmm) 6 6 8

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6 397.1 397.1


1410.54
(sqmm) 2 8 8 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25


2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 49.86 77.79 86.17

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 366.3 366.3 366.3

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 371.32 559.479 721.643

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B4

Group No : G3

167
Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 26

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 39.64 13.04


0 0 99.871 102.271
8 7

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.41 0.13 1.13 0.256 1.16

Ast Calc 470.1 334.6 323.3 138.1


930.19 957
(sqmm) 8 1 9 7

Ast Prv 595.6 397.1 397.1 397.1


1410.54 1410.54
(sqmm) 8 2 2 2

Reinforcemen 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 78.67 53.04 80.09

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 382.836 208.333 430.965

168
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B5

Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 27

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 54.72 14.70


0 20.41 114.035 25.26
3 4

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.65 0.33 1.39 0.276 0.33

Ast Calc 470.1 537.6 227.5


275 1146.51 282.11
(sqmm) 8 4 8

Ast Prv 595.6 595.6 397.1 397.1


1410.54 397.12
(sqmm) 8 8 2 2

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#16

Shear Design 169


Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 84.25 64.53 51.78

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 375.028 375.028 375.028

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 712.046 521.171 405.864

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B6

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 46

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 31.56 59.18 24.80


0 22.06 130.499
5 7 4

PtClc (%) 0.4 0.69 0.13 0.33 0.333 1.65

170
Ast Calc 326.6 572.0 470.1
275 275 1361.96
(sqmm) 8 1 8

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6 397.1 397.1


1410.54
(sqmm) 2 8 8 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25


2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 46.57 77.2 85.58

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 401.927 401.927 401.927

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 401.927 587.162 751.328

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B7

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 47

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

171
Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 41.06 17.13


7.936 7.74 109.343 109.382
1 2

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.42 0.13 1.26 0.256 1.26

Ast Calc 470.1 347.2 382.0 182.3


1037.84 1038.3
(sqmm) 8 3 3 8

Ast Prv 595.6 397.1 397.1 397.1


1410.54 1410.54
(sqmm) 8 2 2 2

Reinforcemen 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 83.28 52.39 83.34

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 382.419 208.333 431.382

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B8

172
Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 48

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 21.62
0 59.22 31.49 129.845 24.878
6

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.69 0.4 1.64 0.333 0.33

Ast Calc 470.1 573.2 327.3


1354.76 275 282.11
(sqmm) 8 4 5

Ast Prv 595.6 595.6 397.1 397.1


1410.54 397.12
(sqmm) 8 8 2 2

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 86.3 77.92 45.85

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 381.444 381.444 381.444

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 738.441 579.268 381.444

173
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B9

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 67

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 28.89 41.21 99.97 20.70


15.16 113.899
7 1 1 8

PtClc (%) 0.33 0.42 0.2 1.13 0.268 1.32

Ast Calc 348.5 397.1 221.4


275 931.3 1091.47
(sqmm) 7 2 6

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


992.8 1191.36
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


2-#16 3-#16

174
 

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 82.48 50.66 88.46

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 352.949 208.333 387.65

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B10

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 68

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 12.31 38.97 19.23


11.54 106.377 95.148
5 9 8

175
PtClc (%) 0.16 0.4 0.15 1.22 0.256 1.06

Ast Calc 397.1 328.6 330.9 205.3


1003.6 878.26
(sqmm) 2 5 3 5

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


1191.36 992.8
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 84.13 49.18 81.29

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 345.274 208.333 325.507

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B11

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 69

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

176
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 41.66
7.641 18.5 104.749 17.99 98.137
7

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.43 0.24 1.19 0.256 1.1

Ast Calc 330.9 352.6 330.9 191.7


985.01 911
(sqmm) 3 5 3 2

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


992.8 992.8
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


2-#16 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 85.5 50.08 80.72

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 368.384 208.333 322.413

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B12
177
Group No : G6

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 113

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 54.70 25.88


0 56.93 106.648 0
5 7

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.65 0.68 1.3 0.339 0.13

Ast Calc 397.1 537.4 558.3 279.9


1072.25 238.27
(sqmm) 2 3 2 5

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6 595.6


1191.36 595.68
(sqmm) 2 8 8 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 78.81 59 20.29

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 512.188 512.188 512.188

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 791.574 580.798 512.188

178
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B13

Group No : G7

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 89

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 58.89 57.15 25.27


0 0 106.158
7 5 3

PtClc (%) 0.69 0.67 0.13 0.13 0.333 1.29

Ast Calc 570.2 553.8 397.1 107.2


275 1066.67
(sqmm) 5 1 2 5

Ast Prv 595.6 595.6 397.1 595.6 595.6


1191.36
(sqmm) 8 8 2 8 8

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

179
 

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 10.71 68.59 88.39

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 275.855 275.855 275.855

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 275.855 436.707 729.531

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B14

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 114

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

180
Mu (kN) 16.56 27.63 60.40
8.72 11.066 63.48
2 6 3

PtClc (%) 0.21 0.33 0.13 0.64 0.256 0.67

Ast Calc 176.1 198.5 525.5


275 116.9 555.02
(sqmm) 8 6 9

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


595.68 595.68
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


t

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 39.84 30.38 42.3

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 234.209

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B15

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 102

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

181
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 13.02 14.53


21.92 5.18 58.7 71.25
3 5

PtClc (%) 0.17 0.28 0.13 0.62 0.256 0.76

Ast Calc 137.9 397.1 509.4 154.2


234.8 630.76
(sqmm) 1 2 4 1

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6 595.6


1191.36
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 38.39 31.84 43.76

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 329.044 208.333 208.333

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

182
Beam No : B16

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 90

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 28.75 33.82


0 22.36 104.579 2.196
1 4

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.35 0.33 1.25 0.404 0.13

Ast Calc 397.1 289.2 332.8


275 1032.82 238.27
(sqmm) 2 6 9

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


1191.36 595.68
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 70.98 57.69 21.94

183
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 709.647 709.647 709.647

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 928.897 782.796 709.647

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B17

Group No : G9

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 115

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 13.61 26.68 51.95


4.67 9.866 63.059
9 6 5

PtClc (%) 0.17 0.33 0.13 0.54 0.256 0.67

Ast Calc 144.3 264.7 446.3


275 107.25 550.98
(sqmm) 4 5 4

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 573.0


397.12 573.04
(sqmm) 2 2 2 4

184
Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#19
t

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 38.52 31.71 43.63

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 251.666

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B18

Group No : G9

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 103

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

185
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 11.99 20.64 55.44 16.32


0 73.234
8 6 3 9

PtClc (%) 0.15 0.27 0.13 0.58 0.256 0.79

Ast Calc 220.7 528.8 173.6


126.9 478.8 650.44
(sqmm) 8 2 5

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 595.6 573.0 397.1


1586.46
(sqmm) 2 2 8 4 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#25


2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 36.69 33.53 45.45

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 395.499 208.333 218.304

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B19

Group No : G9

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 91

186
Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 43.63 60.55


0 46.35 152.063 0
4 3

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.54 0.59 1.87 0.726 0.13

Ast Calc 528.8 442.5 487.0 598.8


1543.73 317.29
(sqmm) 2 1 9 9

Ast Prv 595.6 595.6 595.6 794.2


1586.46 397.12
(sqmm) 8 8 8 4

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#19 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 94.01 80.72 14.38

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 939.94 939.94 939.94

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 1376.449 1243.249 939.94

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1288.73 1417.6

187
Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 110 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B20

Group No : G10

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 116

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 56.54 24.10


0 56.86 104.067 0
8 4

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.65 0.67 1.26 0.333 0.13

Ast Calc 397.1 539.3 554.3


1039.58 275 238.27
(sqmm) 2 9 5

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6 595.6


1191.36 595.68
(sqmm) 2 8 8 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design 188


Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 78.77 58.97 20.33

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 512.248 512.248 512.248

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 791.057 580.554 512.248

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

Beam No : B21

Group No : G11

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 92

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Ductile Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 77.16 69.03 29.58


0 0 119.124
5 6 6

PtClc (%) 0.84 0.81 0.13 0.13 0.333 1.4

189
Ast Calc 689.8 667.8 397.1 107.2
275 1154.58
(sqmm) 7 3 2 5

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6


992.8 992.8 1191.36
(sqmm) 2 8 8

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


2-#16 2-#16 3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 12.27 66.97 86.77

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 294.054 276.663 276.663

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 294.054 421.924 866.989

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 100 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 100

4.3.7.2 Design of Slab

 Identify the load consists of:

Live load pressure

Dead load pressure

Ceiling load and other attached below the slab


 Determine the minimum thickness “h” from NSCP 2010 or 2015.
 Compute the weight of slab (Pa), Weight =уconc x h
 Calculate the factored moment (Mu) uniform load wu=factored pressure x 1m
 Compute the effective depth,d

d=h−covering ( usually 20 mm )−0.5(main diameter)

 Required Steel ratio, ρ:


 Solve for Rn from Mu = 𝟇 Rn bd2

190
0.85 f ' c
ρ= ¿)
fy

 Solve for ρmax and ρmin

If ρ is <ρmax and >ρmin, use ρ


If ρ is >ρmax, increase depth of slab to ensure ductile failure
If ρ is <ρmin, use ρ=ρmin

 Compute the required spacing

As= ρbd

A
One way slab ≤ 0.5
B
A
Two way slab ≥ 0.5
B

L
=SIMPLY SUPPORTED
20

L
=ONE END CONTINOUS
24

L
=BOTH ENDS
28

L
=CANTILEVER
10

As temp.= 0.002bt

Abar ( 1000 )
s= <smax use sax if s is>smax
AS

6. When S/L<0.5 it is one way slab


7. Min. Steel bars (main reinforced)=12mm𝟇
8. Min. Temp. Bars=10mm𝟇
9. Max. Spacing of main bars greater than not equal to 3 times thickness of slab of 500mm
10. Max. Spacing of temperature bars less than not equal to 5 times thickness of slab of 500mm
191
As=0.0018 bt for grade 400 bars fy=400 MPa

As=0.02 bt for grade 300 bars fy=300 MPa

For Two way Slab

5. S/L>0.5 it is two way slab


6. Min. Thickness t=perimeter / 180
7. Max. Spacing of main bars =3t greater than not equal to 500mm
8. Spacing of bars within the column strips is 3/2 times the spacing of the center.

192
Figure 4.72 Slab layout result from STAAD RCDC

Two Way Slab: 1. Interior Panel

  2. One Short Edge Discontinuous

  3. One Long Edge Discontinuous

  4. Two Adjacent Edges Discontinuous

  5. Two Short Edges Discontinuous

193
  6. Two Long Edges Discontinuous

  7. Three Edges Discontinuous (One Long Edge Continuous)

  8. Three Edges Discontinuous (One Short Edge Continuous)

  9. Four Edges Discontinuous

  10.Simply Supported On Four Sides

     

Level: 5.5m

     

     

Slab No. : S1

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S2

194
Ly = 5 m Lx = 3.85 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 9

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 --- --- #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S4

Ly = 4.85 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 9

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 --- --- #10 @ 250

     

     

195
Slab No. : S5

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 1

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S6

Ly = 4.85 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 9

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 --- --- #10 @ 250

     

196
     

Slab No. : S7

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S8

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 3

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

197
     

Slab No. : S9

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

4.3.7.3 Column Design

198
199
Figure 4.73 Column layout result from STAAD RCDC

200
Load Combinations :

1. 1.4 (LOAD 3: DL)

2. 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL)

3. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

4. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

5. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

6. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

7. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

8. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

9. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

10. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

11. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

12. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

13. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

14. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

Levels : 1. FOUNDATION

2. 2m

3. 5.5m

4. 8.5m

Column/Wall : C1

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

1 TO 400 C25 : 9 44 1074.62 -44.46 -27.79 1.21 0.37 4-#19 + 4-#16 #10 @

201
125 +
X
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 719.7 56.04 41.23 1.21 0.49 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 359.13 104.38 67.85 1.21 0.86 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C2

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10
@
300
1 TO C25 : 14870.3 1.3 36-#19 + 34- 150 +
X 11 46 507.3 0.17 0.88
2 Fy420 3 4 #19 #10
5000
@
300

#10
@
300
2 TO C25 : 397.4 10506.8 1.3 36-#19 + 34- 150 +
X 11 46 1.6 0.63
3 Fy420 4 2 4 #19 #10
5000
@
300

300 #10
3 TO C25 : 148.9 1.3 36-#19 + 34-
X 13 48 -2922.31 2.94 0.18 @
4 Fy420 5 4 #19
5000 300

202
Column/Wall : C3

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 7 42 960.05 41.94 -27.62 1.21 0.35 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 604.47 -80.06 44.73 1.21 0.62 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 376.61 114.75 -67.23 1.21 0.91 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C4

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 11 46 238.71 40.58 8.21 1.21 0.28 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 511.29 -33.93 -22.58 1.21 0.28 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 229.92 -65.86 -35.92 1.21 0.53 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

203
 

Column/Wall : C5

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 13 48 279.17 -39.55 7.9 1.21 0.26 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 595.06 45.78 -31.68 1.21 0.38 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 243.23 -69.6 43.89 1.21 0.58 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C6

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
300
1 TO C25 : - 28-#19 + 28- 150 +
X 14 49 398.11 -5.39 1.34 0.82
2 Fy420 8801.42 #19 #10 @
4000
300

#10 @
300
2 TO C25 : - 28-#19 + 28- 150 +
X 14 49 304.78 -2.41 1.34 0.58
3 Fy420 6157.41 #19 #10 @
4000
300

300
3 TO C25 : - 28-#19 + 28- #10 @
X 6 41 294.39 -13.59 1.34 0.18
4 Fy420 1866.49 #19 300
4000

204
 

Column/Wall : C7

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
300
1 TO C25 : 28-#19 + 28- 150 +
X 14 49 414.49 -7214.9 -6.29 1.34 0.67
2 Fy420 #19 #10 @
4000
300

#10 @
300
2 TO C25 : - 28-#19 + 28- 150 +
X 14 49 321.83 -1.84 1.34 0.48
3 Fy420 5067.01 #19 #10 @
4000
300

300
3 TO C25 : - 28-#19 + 28- #10 @
X 6 41 293.28 10.91 1.34 0.15
4 Fy420 1560.12 #19 300
4000

Column/Wall : C8

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 11 46 214.76 49.94 6.39 1.21 0.34 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 11 46 199.65 36.03 4.92 1.21 0.25 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

3 TO 400 C25 : 3 38 209.28 -72.86 -2.2 1.21 0.5 4-#19 + 4-#16 #10 @
4 X Fy420 125 +
400 #10 @

205
200

Column/Wall : C9

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 13 48 216.78 -49.74 6.45 1.21 0.34 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 13 48 201.21 -36.08 4.85 1.21 0.25 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 211.71 72.44 -1.75 1.21 0.5 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C10

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 1015.19 -65.28 -6.19 1.21 0.41 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 675.33 -52.26 14.59 1.21 0.33 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

206
#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 331.75 85.06 -36.88 1.21 0.62 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C11

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 13 48 196.88 -60.96 -5.88 1.21 0.43 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 11 46 164.11 44.85 5.87 1.21 0.32 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 134.56 -72.48 -31.02 1.21 0.58 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C12

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 11 46 286.7 58.76 -6.06 1.21 0.38 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

2 TO 400 C25 : 11 46 230.56 -51.88 -2.71 1.21 0.35 4-#19 + 4-#16 #10 @
3 X Fy420 125 +

207
#10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 5 40 131.59 75.4 -29.33 1.21 0.6 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C13

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 922.3 66.17 -6.31 1.21 0.41 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 581.31 53.42 15.74 1.21 0.34 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 125 +
X 3 38 334.09 -89.84 -38.52 1.21 0.65 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

208
4.4 DESIGN OF TRADEOFF 3 (DUAL SYSTEM – SPECIAL REINFORCED CONCETE SHEAR WALL)

Figure 4.74 3D Rendered view of Tradeoff 3

4.4.1 Design Loads


The Design Loads and Parameters shown are project design inputs from the National Structural Code of
the Philippines (NSCP) 2015.

Figure 4.75 Design Properties in STAAD Pro

ELEMENT DIMENSION MATERIAL


COLUMN 450mm x 450mm Concrete

209
BEAM 400mm x 300mm Concrete
SLAB 150 mm (Thickness) Concrete
SHEAR WALL 300 mm (Thickness) Concrete
Table 4.16 Design Properties

4.4.2 Design Loads

The Design Loads and Parameters shown are project design inputs from the National Structural Code of
the Philippines (NSCP) 2015.

Figure 4.76 Dead Load input in STAAD Pro


Member Load
Components (1st to 2th floor) Design Load (KPa)

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Concrete Masonry Unit

CHB Wall, 150mm, Full Grout (Plastered both sides) 3.11

CHB Wall, 100mm, Full Grout (Plastered both sides) 2.98

Wall covering

Waterproofing Membrane: Bituminous smooth 0.07


surface
Table 4.18 Member Loads

Floor Load

210
Components (1st to 2th floor) Design Load (KPa)

Ceilings

Gypsum board (per mm thickness) 0.008

Plaster on tile or concrete 0.24

Floor Fills

Lightweight Concrete, per mm 0.015

Floor and Floor Finishes

Cement Finish (25MM) on stone concrete fill 1.53

Frame Partitions

Wood or Steel studs, 13 mm gypsum board each 0.38


side

Frame Walls

Windows, Glass, Frame and Sash 0.38

Total Dead Load 2.553


Table 4.19 Dead Loads

4.4.3 Live Loads


The maximum live loads expected by the intended use or occupancy based on section 205 of the code.
Below are the occupancy descriptions and the equivalent design live loads in KPa:

Figure 4.77 Live Load input in STAAD Pro

Use or Occupancy Description Design Load (KPa)

211
Description
Parking garages and ramps Public parking and ramps 4.8
Roof Decks Same as area served or --
occupancy
Office (Other offices) 2.4
Table 4.20 Minimum Design Live Loads

4.4.4 Seismic load parameter

Figure 4.78 Seismic Parameters in STAAD Pro

Parameters
Importance Factor 1.5
Soil Profile Type Stiff Soil, Sd
Seismic Zone ZONE 4: Z=0.4
Seismic source type A
Near Source Factor (Na) 1.2
Near Source Factor (Nv) 1.6
Seismic Coefficient (Ca) 0.44Na = 0.53
Seismic Coefficient (Cv) 0.64 Nv = 1.02
R (DUAL SYSTEM – Special Reinforced Concrete 8.5
Shear Wall)
Numerical Coefficient (Ct) .0731
Table 4.21 Seismic Parameters

212
4.4.5 Load Combination
The following table defines the different types of load combination used in the structural analysis of the
building. All these combinations will be applied and the designer will determine the load combination that
will produce the maximum stress in the building. This governing load combination will then be used to
calculate the member forces for the design.

Figure 4.79 NSCP 2015 Load Combination generated in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.80 NSCP 2015 generated Drift code in STAAD Pro

213
Figure 4.81 NSCP 2015 – ACI-FOOTING Load Combination code generated in STAAD Pro

4.4.6 Structural Analysis


The parameters that were previously stated in this chapter were now then used for the structural analysis of
the configuration using computer software (STAAD). The designer defined all load combinations, seismic
and wind load definitions, dead and live loads and trial structural members to obtain the member forces that
will be used in the design. The following figures show the highlights of the structural analysis process.

214
Figure 4.82 Allowable drift factor in NSCP 2015

215
Δs = Δm / (0.7 x R)

Where:

Δm = 0.025h or h/40, if T < 0.7 sec

Δm = 0.020h or h/50, if T > 0.7 sec

T = fundamental period of building

h = structural height

Ct = .0731

T = Ct(H).75 = .0731(8.5).75 = 0.364 < 0.7

Δs = Δm / (0.7 x R) = 1 / 0.7 x 8.5 x 40 = .0042

Figure 4.83 Allowable drift factor input in STAAD Pro

216
Figure 4.84 Maximum Shear Forces

Figure 4.85 Maximum Bending Moment

217
Figure 4.86 Earthquake force at x-direction

Figure 4.87 Earthquake force at z-direction

218
Figure 4.88 Dead Loads

Figure 4.89 Live Loads

219
Figure 4.90 1.4 DL

Figure 4.91 1.2 DL + 1.2 LL

220
Figure 4.92 1.42 DL + .5 LL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.93 1.42 DL + .5 LL - 1.25 EQ

221
Figure 4.94 1.42 DL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.95 1.42 DL - 1.25 EQ

222
Figure 4.96 0.68 DL + 1.25 EQ

Figure 4.97 0.68 DL - 1.25 EQ


4.4.3.1 STAAD Pro Results

223
Figure 4.98 Summary of Result in STAAD Pro

Figure 4.99 Center of Mass

224
Figure 4.100 Center of Rigidity

225
Figure 4.101 Storey Drift Check

Figure 4.102 Soft Storey Check

226
Figure 4.103 Design Base Shear in NSCP 2015
Check:
W = 6854.52 kN
I = 1.5
R = 6.5
Na = 1.2
Nv = 1.6
Ca = 0.44Na = 0.53
Cv = 0.64Nv = 1.02
T = 0.364
V = Cv(I)(W) / RT = 4432.55 kN (design base shear)
V = 2.5Ca(I)(W) / R = 2087.99kN (maximum design base shear) GOVERNS!
V = 0.11Ca(I)(W) = 597.17 kN (minimum design base shear)
V = 0.8ZNV(I)(W) / R = 506.18 kN (minimum design base shear

4.4.7.1 Design of Beam

227
Figure 4.104 Design process of singly reinforced beams

Figure 4.105 Design process of doubly reinforced beams

228
Figure 4.106 Design process of shear reinforcement

229
Figure 4.107 Column Design Result from STAAD RCDC

Beam No : B1 230
Group No : G1

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 4

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 72.82 22.64


0 69.61 139.172 0
6 5

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.86 0.82 1.72 0.333 0.13

Ast Calc 107.2 711.9 680.1


1419.84 275 107.25
(sqmm) 5 5 4

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1


992.8 992.8 1586.46 397.12
(sqmm) 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#16 2-#16 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 100.7 60.76 33.12

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 276.56 276.56 276.56

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 767.826 386.398 276.56

231
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B2

Group No : G2

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 6

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 42.55
121.972 114.261 0 0 188.915
7

PtClc (%) 1.51 1.4 0.13 0.13 0.504 2.26

Ast Calc 107.2 415.7


1244.85 1154.01 107.25 1863.13
(sqmm) 5 4

Ast Prv 1013.4 397.1 573.0


1410.54 1410.54 2026.84
(sqmm) 2 2 4

Reinforcemen 2-#25 2-#25 2-#25 2-#16 2-#19 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25

232
 

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 31.05 84.98 124.92

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 476.595 476.595 476.595

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 476.595 695.159 1222.966

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1232.7

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 115

Beam No : B3

Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 25

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 29.74 59.87 18.62 13.75


0 118.085
7 7 8 5

233
PtClc (%) 0.37 0.71 0.13 0.33 0.273 1.46

Ast Calc 582.7 107.2


307.2 275 225.1 1201.42
(sqmm) 6 5

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 397.1 397.1 397.1


1410.54
(sqmm) 2 8 2 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25


2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 49.79 50.22 86.24

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 338.014 338.014 338.014

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 342.345 355.774 694.114

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B4

Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 26

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

234
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 39.64
7.294 5.32 93.051 9.57 95.719
8

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.41 0.13 1.04 0.13 1.07

Ast Calc 107.2 334.6 107.2 107.2


855.57 884.49
(sqmm) 5 1 5 5

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 397.1


1410.54 1146.08
(sqmm) 2 2 2 2

Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#19


t 2-#16 2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 76 28.75 77.42

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 258.572 208.333 281.314

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B5
235
Group No : G3

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 27

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 55.06 12.48


0 20.1 110.995 25.26
5 5

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.65 0.33 1.35 0.249 0.33

Ast Calc 107.2 535.4 205.6


275 1112.09 275
(sqmm) 5 2 4

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 397.1 397.1


1146.08 397.12
(sqmm) 2 8 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#16


2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 84.19 48.17 51.84

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 349.41 349.41 349.41

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 694.799 349.41 381.28

236
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

SFR : 1-#13EF

Beam No : B6

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 46

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 30.18 59.18 21.93 18.02


0 124.439
1 7 2 9

PtClc (%) 0.38 0.69 0.13 0.33 0.333 1.55

Ast Calc 313.3 572.0 107.2


275 275 1282.66
(sqmm) 8 1 5

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 397.1 397.1 397.1


1410.54
(sqmm) 2 8 2 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25

237
2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 46.36 49.76 85.79

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 375.024 375.024 375.024

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 375.024 389.004 726.595

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B7

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 47

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

238
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 12.08 41.06 12.62


11.95 100.333 100.4
8 1 1

PtClc (%) 0.15 0.42 0.15 1.13 0.162 1.13

Ast Calc 127.8 347.2 126.3 133.5


935.33 936.08
(sqmm) 6 3 5 8

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 397.1


1410.54 1410.54
(sqmm) 2 2 2 2

Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25


t 2-#16 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 79.68 28.1 79.74

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 295.276 208.333 295.872

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B8

Group No : G4

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 48

239
Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 17.65
0 59.22 30.1 123.861 22.023
3

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.69 0.38 1.55 0.33 0.33

Ast Calc 107.2 573.2 272.5


314 1276.66 275
(sqmm) 5 4 6

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 397.1 397.1


1410.54 397.12
(sqmm) 2 8 2 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 86.31 50.29 55.42

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 356.877 356.877 322.035

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 714.011 373.645 388.849

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

240
Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B9

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 67

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 21.49 88.93 15.36


39.21 16.09 103.102
8 3 9

PtClc (%) 0.28 0.4 0.21 0.98 0.198 1.17

Ast Calc 230.1 330.7 171.0 811.5 163.2


966.36
(sqmm) 5 1 8 7 4

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 859.5 595.6


992.8
(sqmm) 2 2 2 6 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#19 3-#16 3-#16


2-#16

Shear Design 241


Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 78.11 27.7 84.1

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 294.983 208.333 350.304

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B10

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 68

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 15.42 36.94 96.59


14.5 14.107 86.341
8 4 9

PtClc (%) 0.2 0.38 0.19 1.08 0.181 0.95

242
Ast Calc 163.8 310.6 153.8
894.1 149.59 784.26
(sqmm) 7 2 7

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1


992.8 595.68 992.8
(sqmm) 2 2 2

Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


t 2-#16 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 80.41 26.22 77.57

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 314.195 208.333 284.208

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B11

Group No : G5

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 69

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

243
Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 11.73 39.45 95.84


19.5 12.597 87.98
4 1 6

PtClc (%) 0.15 0.4 0.25 1.07 0.162 0.97

Ast Calc 124.0 332.8 208.2 885.8


133.33 801.49
(sqmm) 6 5 1 7

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1


992.8 595.68 859.56
(sqmm) 2 2 2

Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#19


t 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 81.69 27.12 76.91

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 325.689 208.333 283.553

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B12
244
Group No : G6

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 113

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 54.54
0 56.18 101.472 22.49 0
2

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.65 0.67 1.23 0.333 0.13

Ast Calc 107.2 535.1 550.4


1012.81 275 107.25
(sqmm) 5 3 4

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6 595.6


1191.36 595.68
(sqmm) 2 8 8 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 79.63 52.08 19.47

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 448.705 448.705 448.705

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 737.556 450.74 448.705

245
Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B13

Group No : G7

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 89

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 57.81 56.54 0 0 21.94 101.037

PtClc (%) 0.68 0.67 0.13 0.13 0.333 1.22

Ast Calc 562.3 550.4 107.2 107.2


275 1008.76
(sqmm) 8 2 5 5

Ast Prv 595.6 595.6 397.1 595.6 595.6


1191.36
(sqmm) 8 8 2 8 8

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

246
 

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 15.42 59.43 86.98

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 251.384 251.384 251.384

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 251.384 324.163 647.673

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B14

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 114

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

247
Mu (kN) 12.20 26.36 53.99
9.05 7.741 57.553
9 7 4

PtClc (%) 0.16 0.33 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.6

Ast Calc 129.1 107.2 465.2


275 107.25 498.61
(sqmm) 6 5 7

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


595.68 595.68
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


t

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 39.84 24.43 42.3

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 208.333

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B15

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 102

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

248
Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 21.62 52.99 11.53


9.25 6.4 65.348
5 1 5

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.28 0.13 0.55 0.148 0.69

Ast Calc 107.2 231.5 107.2 455.9 121.9


573.04
(sqmm) 5 4 5 4 3

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6 595.6


1191.36
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 38.39 25.89 43.76

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 208.333

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

249
Beam No : B16

Group No : G8

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 90

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 28.75 31.59


0 21.84 101.168 0.891
1 2

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.35 0.33 1.21 0.38 0.13

Ast Calc 107.2 289.2 313.6


275 994.65 107.25
(sqmm) 5 6 8

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 595.6


1191.36 595.68
(sqmm) 2 2 2 8

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 70.93 50.93 21.99

250
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 664.721 664.721 664.721

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 883.398 664.721 664.721

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B17

Group No : G9

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 115

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 10.19 26.68 46.79


7.16 7.223 57.815
4 6 6

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.33 0.13 0.48 0.13 0.61

Ast Calc 107.5 107.2 398.9


275 107.25 501.08
(sqmm) 7 5 8

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 573.0


397.12 573.04
(sqmm) 2 2 2 4

251
Reinforcemen 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#19
t

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 38.52 25.76 43.63

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 208.333

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B18

Group No : G9

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 103

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

252
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 19.99 50.20 13.80


8.487 2.41 68.124
8 8 5

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.26 0.13 0.52 0.177 0.73

Ast Calc 107.2 213.6 107.2 430.2 146.3


600.04
(sqmm) 5 7 5 2 4

Ast Prv 397.1 397.1 397.1 573.0 397.1


1586.46
(sqmm) 2 2 2 4 2

Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#25


2-#19

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 36.69 27.58 45.45

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 208.333

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B19

Group No : G9

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 91

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

253
Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 43.15 58.75


0 46.59 149.603 0
3 3

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.53 0.59 1.84 0.705 0.13

Ast Calc 107.2 438.1 484.5 581.8


1521.32 107.25
(sqmm) 5 4 4 4

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6 794.2


1586.46 397.12
(sqmm) 2 8 8 4

Reinforcement 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16


2-#19 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 93.94 73.95 21.02

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 891.559 891.559 891.559

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 1327.279 1094.505 891.559

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1350.1 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 105 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

254
Beam No : B20

Group No : G10

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 116

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 54.68 99.78


0 56.15 21.319 0
4 6

PtClc (%) 0.13 0.65 0.66 1.2 0.333 0.13

Ast Calc 107.2 547.7 991.5


534 275 107.25
(sqmm) 5 1 5

Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6


992.8 595.68 595.68
(sqmm) 2 8 8

Reinforcemen 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


t 2-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

255
Vu (kN) 79.7 52.15 19.4

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 448.553 448.553 448.553

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 746.58 451.273 448.553

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

Beam No : B21

Group No : G11

Analysis Reference(Member) 5.5m : 92

Breadth : 250 mm

Depth : 400 mm

Material Properties : C20 : Fy420 : Clear Cover = 40 mm

Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

Beam Type : Regular Beam

Flexure Design

Beam Bottom Beam Top

Left Mid Right Left Mid Right

Mu (kN) 70.62 68.99 26.54


0 0 114.591
7 1 2

PtClc (%) 0.83 0.81 0.13 0.13 0.333 1.33

Ast Calc 687.9 671.8 107.2 107.2


275 1099.73
(sqmm) 6 7 5 5

256
Ast Prv 397.1 595.6 595.6
992.8 992.8 1191.36
(sqmm) 2 8 8

Reinforcement 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 3-#16


2-#16 2-#16 3-#16

Shear Design

Left Mid Right

Vu (kN) 15.64 45.22 88.08

Asv Torsion (sqmm) 248.338 248.338 230.947

Asv Reqd (sqmm) 248.338 248.338 636.049

Asv Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08

Reinforcement 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125 2L-#10 @ 125

4.4.7.2 Design of Slab

 Identify the load consists of:

Live load pressure

Dead load pressure

Ceiling load and other attached below the slab


 Determine the minimum thickness “h” from NSCP 2010 or 2015.
 Compute the weight of slab (Pa), Weight =уconc x h
 Calculate the factored moment (Mu) uniform load wu=factored pressure x 1m
 Compute the effective depth,d

d=h−covering ( usually 20 mm )−0.5(main diameter)

 Required Steel ratio, ρ:


 Solve for Rn from Mu = 𝟇 Rn bd2

0.85 f ' c
ρ= ¿)
fy

257
 Solve for ρmax and ρmin

If ρ is <ρmax and >ρmin, use ρ


If ρ is >ρmax, increase depth of slab to ensure ductile failure
If ρ is <ρmin, use ρ=ρmin

 Compute the required spacing

As= ρbd

A
One way slab ≤ 0.5
B
A
Two way slab ≥ 0.5
B

L
=SIMPLY SUPPORTED
20

L
=ONE END CONTINOUS
24

L
=BOTH ENDS
28

L
=CANTILEVER
10

As temp.= 0.002bt

Abar ( 1000 )
s= <smax use sax if s is>smax
AS

11. When S/L<0.5 it is one way slab


12. Min. Steel bars (main reinforced)=12mm𝟇
13. Min. Temp. Bars=10mm𝟇
14. Max. Spacing of main bars greater than not equal to 3 times thickness of slab of 500mm
15. Max. Spacing of temperature bars less than not equal to 5 times thickness of slab of 500mm

As=0.0018 bt for grade 400 bars fy=400 MPa

258
As=0.02 bt for grade 300 bars fy=300 MPa

For Two way Slab

9. S/L>0.5 it is two way slab


10. Min. Thickness t=perimeter / 180
11. Max. Spacing of main bars =3t greater than not equal to 500mm
12. Spacing of bars within the column strips is 3/2 times the spacing of the center.

259
Figure 4.108 Column Design Result from STAAD RCDC

260
Two Way Slab: 1. Interior Panel

  2. One Short Edge Discontinuous

  3. One Long Edge Discontinuous

  4. Two Adjacent Edges Discontinuous

  5. Two Short Edges Discontinuous

  6. Two Long Edges Discontinuous

  7. Three Edges Discontinuous (One Long Edge Continuous)

  8. Three Edges Discontinuous (One Short Edge Continuous)

  9. Four Edges Discontinuous

  10.Simply Supported On Four Sides

     

Level: 5.5m

     

     

Slab No. : S1

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

261
#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S2

Ly = 5 m Lx = 3.85 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 9

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 --- --- #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S4

Ly = 4.85 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 9

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution 262


#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 --- --- #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S5

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 1

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S6

Ly = 4.85 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 9

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution 263


#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 --- --- #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S7

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S8

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 3

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

     

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution 264


#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

     

     

Slab No. : S9

Ly = 5 m Lx = 4 m

Live Load = 2.4


Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
kN/sqm

Thickness = 150 mm Span Type = 2-Way Panel Type = 4

Design Code = ACI


Grade of Concrete = C20 Grade of Steel = Fy420
318 - 2011

Bottom SS Bottom LS Top SS Top LS Distribution

#10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250 #10 @ 250

4.4.7.3 Column/Wall Design

265
266
Figure 4.109 Column Design Result from STAAD RCDC

Load Combinations:

267
1. 1.4 (LOAD 3: DL)

2. 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL)

3. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

4. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

5. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

6. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

7. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

8. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

9. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

10. 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

11. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

12. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

13. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)

14. 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)

Levels : 1. FOUNDATION

2. 2m

3. 5.5m

4. 8.5m

Column/Wall: C1

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

1 TO 400 C25: 9 44 1055.37 38.55 22.24 1.21 0.3 4-#19 + 4-#16 #10 @
2 X Fy420 75 +
400 #10 @

268
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 713.38 52.76 38.31 1.21 0.42 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 356.3 97.3 62.29 1.21 0.71 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C2

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10
300 @ 75
1 TO C25: 506.7 11379.6 0.7 36-#16 + 34-
X 11 46 0.17 0.88 + #10
2 Fy420 6 5 6 #13
5000 @
300

#10
300 @ 75
2 TO C25 : 0.7 36-#16 + 34-
X 11 46 396.9 8042.14 1.67 0.63 + #10
3 Fy420 6 #13
5000 @
300

300 #10
3 TO C25 : 148.9 0.7 36-#16 + 34-
X 13 48 -2239.95 2.86 0.18 @
4 Fy420 6 6 #13
5000 300

Column/Wall : C3

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

269
#10 @
400
1 TO C25: 75 +
X 7 42 952.83 34.64 -22.96 1.21 0.28 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25: 75 +
X 3 38 599.41 -78.73 43.49 1.21 0.55 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25: 75 +
X 3 38 373.89 111.24 -64.2 1.21 0.79 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C4

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25: 75 +
X 7 42 527.96 32.34 8.89 1.21 0.18 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 515.07 -29.54 -21.81 1.21 0.23 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 231.67 -56.94 -34.66 1.98 0.41 4-#25 + 4-#19
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C5

270
Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links
(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 665.89 -30.8 7.64 1.21 0.17 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 598.34 40.28 -31.61 1.21 0.33 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 244.99 -61.16 43.49 1.98 0.47 4-#25 + 4-#19
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C6

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
300
1 TO C25 : - 32-#13 + 28- 75 +
X 14 49 397.82 -3.96 0.63 0.97
2 Fy420 6749.43 #13 #10 @
4000
300

#10 @
300
2 TO C25 : - 32-#13 + 28- 75 +
X 14 49 304.57 -1.94 0.63 0.69
3 Fy420 4725.58 #13 #10 @
4000
300

300
3 TO C25 : - 32-#13 + 28- #10 @
X 6 41 294.3 -13.48 0.63 0.21
4 Fy420 1452.86 #13 300
4000

271
Column/Wall : C7

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
300
1 TO C25 : - 32-#13 + 28- 75 +
X 14 49 414.55 -4.86 0.63 0.79
2 Fy420 5536.33 #13 #10 @
4000
300

#10 @
300
2 TO C25 : - 32-#13 + 28- 75 +
X 14 49 321.84 -1.36 0.63 0.57
3 Fy420 3891.97 #13 #10 @
4000
300

300
3 TO C25 : - 32-#13 + 28- #10 @
X 6 41 293.34 11.03 0.63 0.18
4 Fy420 1212.53 #13 300
4000

Column/Wall : C8

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 11 46 219.1 38.34 4.79 1.21 0.22 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 11 46 202.66 28.31 3.52 1.21 0.17 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 210.47 -61.29 -0.04 1.98 0.35 4-#25 + 4-#19
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

272
 

Column/Wall : C9

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 13 48 221.02 -38.17 4.85 1.21 0.22 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 13 48 204.09 -28.33 3.4 1.21 0.16 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 212.93 60.9 0.46 1.98 0.35 4-#25 + 4-#19
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C10

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 1005.17 -51.42 -2.57 1.21 0.3 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 668.29 -43.12 16.32 1.21 0.27 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 5 40 328.99 71.86 -39.11 1.21 0.5 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

273
 

Column/Wall : C11

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 11 46 213.97 47.33 4.31 1.21 0.27 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 11 46 162.29 34.43 5.02 1.21 0.21 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 134.08 -56.74 -29.94 1.98 0.41 4-#25 + 4-#19
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C12

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 13 48 309.73 -45.92 4.18 1.21 0.25 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 520.11 -41.99 -9.98 1.21 0.23 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

3 TO 400 C25 : 5 40 130.97 58.78 -28.21 1.98 0.41 4-#25 + 4-#19 #10 @
4 X Fy420 75 +

274
#10 @
400
200

Column/Wall : C13

Level Size Material LC Analysis P (kN) Mx My Pt Interaction Main Links


(mm) LC No (kNm) (kNm) (%) Ratio Reinforcement

#10 @
400
1 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 911.13 52.24 -2.61 1.21 0.29 4-#19 + 4-#16
2 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
2 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 554.47 -35.96 -25.63 1.21 0.28 4-#19 + 4-#16
3 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

#10 @
400
3 TO C25 : 75 +
X 3 38 331.15 -76.42 -40.52 1.21 0.52 4-#19 + 4-#16
4 Fy420 #10 @
400
200

275
4.2 DESIGN METHODOLOGY (Geotechnical Context)

The designers followed the procedures in “Principles of Foundation Engineering Sixth Edition” for the design of
ground improvement using Soil Improvement and Ground Modification published by the Braja M. Das of the
California State University, USA. For the design of ground improvement using jet grouting and Wet Soil Mixing, the
designers used “Shallow Foundation: Allowable Bearing Capacity and Settlement” and “Pile Foundation” of the book
“Principles of Foundation Engineering Sixth Edition” by Braja M. Das. For the design of ground improvement vibro-
replacement or stone columns, the designers used Priebe’s method and stone columns in “Principles of Foundation
Engineering Sixth Edition by Braja M. Das”.
4.2.2 Design Process

As the preceding chapters of this document stated, the footing will be constructed over soft soil or clay and soil
improvement and ground modification of the soil using jet grouting, wet soil mixing, or vibro-replacement was the
proposed solution to the problem.

276
4.2.3 Design Parameters

The following table were the summary of design parameters in the actual design of the ground improvement.

Table 1: Summary of Design Parameters

Input Parameter Values Reference/Remark

Cross Section  

Height (H) 15m  Figure 2.3-2 Soil Profiles

Footing 1m x 1m RCDC

Column 0.4m x 0.4m RCDC

FG 2m RCDC

277
Soil Properties Refer to Geotechnical Report in Chapter 2

Ground Water Table Refer to Geotechnical Report in Chapter 3

Backfill Properties  

Layer 1  

Angle of Friction 23 º
Refer to Input Parameters in
Unit Weight 19.3356 kN/m^3
Chapter 2
Cohesion 20 kPa

Layer 2  

Angle of Friction 19 º
Refer to Input Parameters in
Unit Weight 21.4480 kN/m^3
Chapter 2
Cohesion 25 kPa

Refer to Input Parameters in


Factor of Safety 4
Chapter 2

4.2.4 Structural Tradeoffs Bearing Capacity Design Process

In this section, the analysis is performed with shallow foundations ultimate bearing capacity analysis and each
structural tradeoffs has different values of vertical forces and moments, and the designers will pick the maximum
bearing capacity that acts on the structure. And the designers will compare the results from the maximum bearing
capacity of the structure and allowable bearing capacity of the soil to determine if the structre will fail.

278
4.2.5 Bearing Capacity Computation of SMRF Structure

279
Flow Chart of Ground Improvement for SMRF

The figure below shows results that was manually computed and applied to MS Excel. These data will be used for
further computation of the design.

280
SMRF

PARAMETERS UNITS

Mz 177.162 kN-m

Mx 175.343 kN-m

Q 939.055 kN

B 2 m

ECCENTRICITY

ex 0.186722822 m

ez 0.188659876 m

Bearing Capacity due to load

qmin 185.143467 kPa

qmax 284.384033 kPa

FIGURE: DATA INPUT-OUTPUT FOR SMRF STRUCTURE

Normal Ground
19.335
 6 kN/m³ Unit weight of soil (gamma)

c' (or cu) 20 kN/m² For undrained soils use phi' = 0

 23 deg Angle of friction (phi')

m²/M
mv 0.014 N Coefficient of volume compressibility

MN/m
E 30 ² Young's Modulus

 0.4125   Poisson's ratio

Water Table 0.8 m Depth to Water Table

       

281
Foundation
Shape sq   sq=Square, re=Rectangular, st=Strip

Enter only a width for this


  Square   foundation type

Width 2 m Width of foundation

Length 2 m Length not used for this foundation type

Founding
Depth 2 m Depth to Base of foundation

       

1137.5 Applied load - includes weight of


Load 3 kN foundation

       

Safety Factor
  4   Required safety factor

FIGURE: DATA INPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

Results
Square foundation      

2m x 2m      

Drained Analysis      

Actual Bearing Stress

284 kN/m²    

Net Bearing Stress

246 kN/m²    

Ultimate Bearing Stress

971 kN/m²    

Allowable Bearing Stress

272 kN/m²    

282
Actual Safety Factor

3.8      

FAIL!      

Actual Bearing Stress >


Allowable      

Settlement

1
Elastic   3 mm

Consolidation   6 mm

1
Total   9 mm

FIGURE: DATA OUTPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

FIGURE: STRESS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

283
4.2.5.1 Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING COLUMN DATA

jet grout column diameter D 1.00 m

horizontal spacing Lx 1.00 m

vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m

length of column L 2.05 m

Pul
jet grout column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2

jet grout column shear strength fJG 153.33 kN/m2

jet grout unit weight γJG 11.16 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Jet Grout

SOIL DATA

natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m

σs
bearing capacity of ground b 284.00 m

soil unit weight γs 19.34 m

safety factor FS 4.00 m

poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2

cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2

adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2

angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA

284
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m

Layer Thick H 10.00 m

Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m

Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m

Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2

ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS

284.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs

820.9
σjs 9 kN/m ok

LOADINGS

838.9
Pv 6 kN Pv < Q

843.7
Q 6 kN ok

SLIP SAFETY

Vcol 12.85 kN Vcol < Vult

291.7
Vult 6 kN ok

FIGURE: Data Output of Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING FINAL SETTLEMENT

Qwp 574.29 Qwp 574.29 Qws 269.47

Qws 269.47 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.029

285
ᶓ 0.67 D 1 L 2.05

L 2.05 qp 838.96 qp 838.96

Ap 0.7854        

Ep 29478000        

Se1 6.68E-05 Se2 0.017113 Se3 0.004544

TOTAL SETTLEMENT 21.72372723 mm

FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

JET GROUT DESIGN

jet grout column diameter 1.00 m

horizontal spacing 1.00 m

vertical spacing 1.00 m

length of column 2.05 m

Number of Jet Grout Column per Footing 9.00 pcs

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

286
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING LAYOUT

4.2.5.2 Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime

WET SOIL COLUMN DATA

wet soil column diameter D 0.80 m

horizontal spacing Lx 1.00 m

vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m

length of column L 2.40 m

Pul
wet soil column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2

wet soil column shear strength fJG 57.01 kN/m2

wet soil unit weight γJG 13.61 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Wet Soil

SOIL DATA

natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m

σs
bearing capacity of ground b 284.00 m

soil unit weight γs 19.34 m

safety factor FS 4.00 m

poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2

cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2

adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2

angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA

287
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m

Layer Thick H 10.00 m

Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m

Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m

Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2

ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS

284.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs

623.3
σjs 6 kN/m Ok

LOADINGS

639.7
Pv 8 kN Pv < Q

655.9
Q 9 kN Ok

SLIP SAFETY

Vcol 14.97 kN Vcol < Vult

113.8
Vult 7 kN Ok

FIGURE: Data Output of Wet Soil

WET SOIL MIXING FINAL SETTLEMENT

Qwp 403.59 Qwp 403.59 Qws 262.92

Qws 262.92 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.03

ᶓ 0.67 D 0.8 L 2.4

L 2.4 qp 639.78 qp 639.78

288
Ap 0.5        

Ep 29478000        

Se1 9.44E-05 Se2 0.019713 Se3 0.005137

TOTAL SETTLEMENT 24.94464351 mm

FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

WET SOIL DESIGN

0.8
Wet soil column diameter 0 m

1.0
horizontal spacing 0 m

1.0
vertical spacing 0 m

2.4
length of column 0 m

9.0 pc
Number of Wet Soil per Footing 0 s

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

289
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL MIXING PER FOOTING LAYOUT

4.3.5.3 Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement

290
291
VIBRO-REPLACEMENT DESIGN

stone column diameter 1.0 m

horizontal spacing 1.00 m

vertical spacing 1.00 m

length of column 3.8 m

pc
Number of Wet Ssoil per Column 9.00 s

774.757 kP
Bearing Capacity 4 a

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF VIBRO-REPLACEMENT PER FOOTING

292
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF STONE COLUMN PER FOOTING LAYOUT

293
4.2.6 Bearing Capacity Computation of DS w/ IMF Structure

Flow Chart of Ground Improvement for DS w/ IMF

294
The figure below shows results that was manually computed and applied to MS Excel. These data will be used for
further computation of the design

DS w/ IMF (SPECIAL REINFORCED SHEAR WALL)

PARAMETERS UNITS

Mz 105.102 kN-m

Mx 56.109 kN-m

Q 2763.708 kN

B 2 m

ECCENTRICITY

ex 0.020302072 m

ez 0.038029343 m

Bearing Capacity due to load

qmin 687.7263174 kPa

qmax 694.1276826 kPa

FIGURE: DATA INPUT-OUTPUT FOR DS w/ IMF STRUCTURE

Normal Ground
 19.3356 kN/m³ Unit weight of soil (gamma)

c' (or cu) 20 kN/m² For undrained soils use phi' = 0

 23 deg Angle of friction (phi')

295
mv 0.014 m²/MN Coefficient of volume compressibility

E 30 MN/m² Young's Modulus

 0.4125   Poisson's ratio

Water Table 0.8 m Depth to Water Table

       

Foundation
Shape sq   sq=Square, re=Rectangular, st=Strip

Enter only a width for this


  Square   foundation type

Width 2 m Width of foundation

Length 2 m Length not used for this foundation type

Founding
Depth 2 m Depth to Base of foundation

       

2776.51 Applied load - includes weight of


Load 1 kN foundation

       

Safety Factor
  4   Required safety factor

FIGURE: DATA INPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

Results
Square foundation      

2m x 2m      

Drained Analysis      

296
Actual Bearing Stress

694 kN/m²    

Net Bearing Stress

655 kN/m²    

Ultimate Bearing Stress

971 kN/m²    

Allowable Bearing Stress

272 kN/m²    

Actual Safety Factor

1.4      

FAIL!      

Actual Bearing Stress >


Allowable      

Settlement

3
Elastic   4 mm

1
Consolidation   7 mm

5
Total   1 mm

FIGURE: DATA OUTPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

297
FIGURE: STRESS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
4.2.6.1 Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING COLUMN DATA

jet grout column diameter D 1.35 m

horizontal spacing Lx 1.50 m

vertical spacing Ly 1.50 m

length of column L 2.60 m

Pul
jet grout column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2

jet grout column shear strength fJG 153.33 kN/m2

jet grout unit weight γJG 11.16 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Jet Grout

SOIL DATA

298
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m

σs
bearing capacity of ground b 694.00 m

soil unit weight γs 19.34 m

safety factor FS 4.00 m

poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2

cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2

adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2

angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA

SPT N-Values N 23.00 m

Layer Thick H 10.00 m

Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m

Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m

Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2

ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS

694.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs

716.6
σjs 8 kN/m ok

LOADINGS

299
1654.
Pv 07 kN Pv < Q

1670.
Q 42 kN ok

SLIP SAFETY

Vcol 36.37 kN Vcol < Vult

531.7
Vult 3 kN ok

FIGURE: Data Output of Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING FINAL SETTLEMENT

Qwp 1209.03 Qwp 1209.03 Qws 461.39

Qws 461.39 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.029

ᶓ 0.67 D 1.35 L 2.6

L 2.6 qp 1654.07 qp 1654.07

Ap 1.43        

Ep 29478000        

Se1 9.36E-05 Se2 0.013536 Se3 0.003111

TOTAL SETTLEMENT 16.74088953 mm

FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

JET GROUT DESIGN

jet grout column diameter 1.35 m

horizontal spacing 1.50 m

vertical spacing 1.50 m

length of column 2.6 m

300
Number of Jet Grout Column per Footing 4.00 pcs

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING LAYOUT

4.2.6.2 Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime

WET SOIL COLUMN DATA

wet soil column diameter D 1.1 m

horizontal spacing Lx 1.25 m

vertical spacing Ly 1.25 m

length of column L 2.45 m

Pul
wet soil column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2

301
wet soil column shear strength fJG 57.01 kN/m2

wet soil unit weight γJG 13.61 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Wet Soil

SOIL DATA

natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m

σs
bearing capacity of ground b 694.00 m

soil unit weight γs 19.34 m

safety factor FS 4.00 m

poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2

cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2

adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2

angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA

SPT N-Values N 23.00 m

Layer Thick H 10.00 m

Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m

Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m

Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2

ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

302
SOIL STRESS

694.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs

697.1
σjs 4 kN/m ok

LOADINGS

1120.
Pv 97 kN Pv < Q

1127.
Q 49 kN ok

SLIP SAFETY

Vcol 23.86 kN Vcol < Vult

215.2
Vult 6 kN ok

FIGURE: Data Output of Wet Soil

WET SOIL MIXING FINAL SETTLEMENT

Qwp 773.21 Qwp 773.21 Qws 354.28

Qws 354.28 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.029

ᶓ 0.67 D 1.1 L 2.45

L 2.45 qp 1120.97 qp 1120.97

Ap 0.95        

Ep 29478000        

Se1 8.84E-05 Se2 0.015677 Se3 0.003741

TOTAL SETTLEMENT 19.50594644 mm

FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

303
WET SOIL DESIGN

Wet soil column diameter 1.1 m

1.2
horizontal spacing 5 m

1.2
vertical spacing 5 m

2.4
length of column 5 m

4.0 pc
Number of Wet Soil per Footing 0 s

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING LAYOUT

304
4.2.6.3 Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement

305
VIBRO-REPLACEMENT DESIGN

jet grout column diameter 1.0 m

horizontal spacing 1.00 m

vertical spacing 1.00 m

length of column 4 m

pc
Number of Wet Ssoil per Column 9.00 s

774.757 kP
Bearing Capacity 4 a

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF VIBRO-REPLACEMENT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF STONE COLUMN PER FOOTING LAYOUT

306
4.2.7 Bearing Capacity Computation of DS

307
Flow Chart of Ground Improvement for DS

308
The figure below shows results that was manually computed and applied to MS Excel. These data will be used for
further computation of the design.

DS (SPECIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE SHEAR WALL

PARAMETERS UNITS

Mz 81.741 kN-m

Mx 43.652 kN-m

Q 2268.575 kN

B 2 m

ECCENTRICITY

ex 0.019242035 m

ez 0.03603187 m

Bearing Capacity due to load

qmin 564.7844552 kPa

qmax 569.5030448 kPa

FIGURE: DATA INPUT-OUTPUT FOR SMRF STRUCTURE

Normal Ground
19.335 kN/m
 6 ³ Unit weight of soil (gamma)

kN/m
c' (or cu) 20 ² For undrained soils use phi' = 0

 23 deg Angle of friction (phi')

m²/M
mv 0.014 N Coefficient of volume compressibility

MN/m
E 30 ² Young's Modulus

 0.4125   Poisson's ratio

309
Water Table -0.8 m Depth to Water Table

       

Foundation
Shape sq   sq=Square, re=Rectangular, st=Strip

Enter only a width for this


  Square   foundation type

Width 2 m Width of foundation

Length not used for this foundation


Length 2 m type

Founding
Depth 2 m Depth to Base of foundation

       

2278.0 Applied load - includes weight of


Load 1 kN foundation

       

Safety Factor
  4   Required safety factor

FIGURE: DATA INPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

Results
Square foundation      

2m x 2m      

Drained Analysis      

310
Actual Bearing Stress

kN/m
570 ²    

Net Bearing Stress

kN/m
531 ²    

Ultimate Bearing Stress

kN/m
971 ²    

Allowable Bearing Stress

kN/m
272 ²    

Actual Safety Factor

1.8      

FAIL!      

Actual Bearing Stress >


Allowable      

Settlement

2 m
Elastic   7 m

1 m
Consolidation   4 m

4 m
Total   1 m

FIGURE: DATA OUTPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

311
FIGURE: STRESS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

4.2.7.1 Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING COLUMN DATA

jet grout column diameter D 0.80 m

horizontal spacing Lx 1.00 m

vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m

length of column L 2.20 m

Pul
jet grout column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2

jet grout column shear strength fJG 153.33 kN/m2

jet grout unit weight γJG 11.16 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Jet Grout

312
SOIL DATA

natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m

σs
bearing capacity of ground b 570.00 m

soil unit weight γs 19.34 m

safety factor FS 4.00 m

poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2

cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2

adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2

angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA

SPT N-Values N 23.00 m

Layer Thick H 10.00 m

Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m

Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m

Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2

ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS

570.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs

623.3
σjs 6 kN/m Ok

313
LOADINGS

635.7
Pv 0 kN Pv < Q

636.6
Q 9 kN Ok

SLIP SAFETY

Vcol 14.82 kN Vcol < Vult

186.7
Vult 3 kN Ok

FIGURE: Data Output of Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING FINAL SETTLEMENT

Qwp 400.44 Qwp 400.44 Qws 236.25

Qws 236.25 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.03

ᶓ 0.67 D 0.8 L 2.2

L 2.2 qp 635.7 qp 635.7

Ap 0.5        

Ep 29478000        

Se1 8.34E-05 Se2 0.019685 Se3 0.005068

TOTAL SETTLEMENT 24.83617572 mm

FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

JET GROUT DESIGN

jet grout column diameter 0.8 m

horizontal spacing 1.00 m

vertical spacing 1.00 m

314
length of column 2.2 m

Number of Jet Grout Column per Footing 9.00 pcs

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING LAYOUT

4.2.7.2 Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime

WET SOIL COLUMN DATA

315
wet soil column diameter D 0.85 m

horizontal spacing Lx 1.10 m

vertical spacing Ly 1.10 m

length of column L 2.50 m

Pul
wet soil column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2

wet soil column shear strength fJG 57.01 kN/m2

wet soil unit weight γJG 13.61 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Wet Soil

SOIL DATA

natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m

σs
bearing capacity of ground b 570.00 m

soil unit weight γs 19.34 m

safety factor FS 4.00 m

poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2

cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2

adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2

angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA

SPT N-Values N 23.00 m

Layer Thick H 10.00 m

Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m

316
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m

Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2

ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2

FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS

570.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs

599.8
σjs 1 kN/m Ok

LOADINGS

745.0
Pv 8 kN Pv < Q

746.6
Q 8 kN Ok

SLIP SAFETY

Vcol 18.84 kN Vcol < Vult

128.5
Vult 3 kN Ok

FIGURE: Data Output of Wet Soil

WET SOIL MIXING FINAL SETTLEMENT

Qwp 467.33 Qwp 467.33 Qws 279.35

Qws 279.35 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.03

ᶓ 0.67 D 0.85 L 2.5

L 2.5 qp 745.08 qp 745.08

Ap 0.57        

317
Ep 29478000        

Se1 9.74E-05 Se2 0.018448 Se3 0.004499

TOTAL SETTLEMENT 23.04417841 mm

FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

WET SOIL DESIGN

0.8
Wet soil column diameter 5 m

1.1
horizontal spacing 0 m

1.1
vertical spacing 0 m

2.5
length of column 0 m

9.0 pc
Number of Wet Soil per Footing 0 s

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

318
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING LAYOUT

319
4.2.7.3 Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement

VIBRO-REPLACEMENT DESIGN

320
jet grout column diameter 1.0 m

horizontal spacing 1.00 m

vertical spacing 1.00 m

length of column 2.6 m

pc
Number of Wet Ssoil per Column 9.00 s

774.757 kP
Bearing Capacity 4 a

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF VIBRO-REPLACEMENT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF STONE COLUMN PER FOOTING LAYOUT

4.3 Validation of Trade-Offs (Geotechnical)

To confirm the Designer’s Raw Ranking that was stated in Chapter 3, the designer computed the
necessary details for the validation of tradeoffs. The validation will prove if the assumptions on the initial
estimates presented in Chapter 3 is right.

321
In this chapter, the drafted tradeoffs for geotechnical (Vibro-Replacement, Wet Soil Mixing, and Jet
Grouting) on Ground Improvement methodology, we compared with initial estimates from the designer. The
tables below would signify which tradeoff fits perfectly to the client’s constraints.

4.3.1 Final Estimate:

The Total Cost Estimate of the Designer using the methodologies indicated in chapter 3.

Table 2: Total Cost Estimate of the Methodologies.

SMRF

No. of
Tradeoffs Area Height Price Cost (Php)
Column No. of Footing

Jet Grouting 0.7854 2.05 9 16 19282.074 4470550.399

Wet Soil
0.5027 2.4 9 12740.04519 2213367.8
Mixing 16

Stone Column 0.7854 3.8 9 16 7786.486622 3346405.208

DS w/ IMF

No. of
Tradeoffs Area Height Price Cost (Php)
Column No. of Footing

Jet Grouting 1.4314 2.6 4 16 19282.074 4592700.024

Wet Soil
0.9503 2.45 4 12740.04519 1898356.424
Mixing 16

Stone Column 0.7854 4 9 16 7786.486622 3522531.798

DS            

No. of
Tradeoffs Area Height Price Cost (Php)
Column No. of Footing

Jet Grouting 0.5027 2.2 9 16 19282.074 3070773.636

Wet Soil
0.5675 2.5 9 12740.04519 2602791.233
Mixing 16

Stone Column 0.7854 2.6 9 16 7786.486622 2289645.669

322
4.3.2 Final Constructability Estimate:

The Total Estimated time for the projects construction to be completed:

Table 3: Total Duration Estimate of the Methodologies

SMRF

Tradeoffs Area Height No. of No. of Duration of Jet Duration


Column Footing Grout (days)

Jet Grouting 0.7854 2.05 9 16 0.011574074 2.68345

Wet Soil 0.5027 2.4 9 16 0.011574074 2.0108


Mixing

Stone Column 0.7854 3.8 9 16 0.011574074 4.9742

DS w/ IMF

Tradeoffs Area Height No. of No. of Duration of Jet Duration


Column Footing Grout (days)

Jet Grouting 1.4314 2.6 4 16 0.011574074 2.75677037

Wet Soil 0.9503 2.45 4 16 0.011574074 1.724618519


Mixing

Stone Column 0.7854 4 9 16 0.011574074 5.236

DS            

Tradeoffs Area Height No. of No. of Duration of Jet Duration


Column Footing Grout (days)

Jet Grouting 0.5027 2.2 9 16 0.011574074 1.843233333

Wet Soil 0.5675 2.5 9 16 0.011574074 2.364583333


Mixing

Stone Column 0.7854 2.6 9 16 0.011574074 3.4034

4.3.3 Final Safety Estimate:

The Total Estimated Settlement for the projects construction:

323
Table 4: Total Safety Estimate of the Methodologies.

SMRF

TRADEOFF SETTLEMENT (mm)

Jet Grouting 21.72372723

Wet Soil Mixing 24.94464351

Vibro Replacement 7.90000000

DS w/ IMF

TRADEOFF SETTLEMENT (mm)

Jet Grouting 16.74088953

Wet Soil Mixing 19.50594644

Vibro Replacement 7.80000000

DS

TRADEOFF SETTLEMENT (mm)

Jet Grouting 24.83617572

Wet Soil Mixing 23.04417841

Vibro Replacement 6.30000000

4.5. Validation of Trade-Offs

This section will provide and confirm the validation results of the initial ranking on Chapter 3. As a review,
the strategy used was the trade-off system by Otto & Antonsson to select the final design of the structure.
4.5.1 Final Estimates of Trade-Offs (Structural Context)
Considering the price of the structural materials, construction time, and safety, the designer provides final
Estimate of the two flooring systems according to the constraints discussed in Chapter 3.

The outcome of the set criterion therefore will constitute the decision of the client and the designers. Above
all, economical, will be given an importance value of 10. Constructability, Sustainability and Risk

324
Assessment will be given an importance value of 9 and lastly, Environmental Assessment will be given an
importance value of 8.
Constraint Special Moment Dual System with Dual System with
Resisting Frame Intermediate Moment Special Moment Frame
Frame
Economic Php 1,828,100.00 Php 1,926,400.00 Php 1,905,700.00
Constructability 37 days 51 days 65 days
Risk Assessment 1.329 mm 1.479 mm 1.455 mm
Sustainability Php 12,200.00 Php 12,900.00 Php 12,750.00
Environmental 35.94 kg of CO2 per km 43.13 kg of CO2 per km 40.25 kg of CO2 per km
Assessment

Table 4.21 Final Estimate Value

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Economic Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Intermediate Moment
Frame

1,926,400−1,828,100
% difference= × 10
1,926,400

% difference=0.510

Subordinate rank =10−0.510

Subordinate rank =9.49

Economic Difference of Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame and Dual System with Special
Moment Frame

1,926,400−1,905,700
% difference= × 10
1,926,400

325
% difference=¿0.11

Subordinate rank =10−0.11

Subordinate rank =¿ 9.89

Economic Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Special Moment Frame

1,905,700−1,828,100
% difference= × 10
1,905,700

% difference=0.41

Subordinate rank =10−0.41

Subordinate rank =9.59

Constructability Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Intermediate
Moment Frame

51−37
% difference= ×10
51

% difference=0.41

Subordinate rank =10−0.41

Subordinate rank =9.59

326
Constructability Difference of Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame and Dual System with Special
Moment Frame

65−51
% difference= ×10
65

% difference=2.15

Subordinate rank =10−2.15

Subordinate rank =7.85

Constructability Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Special Moment
Frame

65−37
% difference= ×10
65

% difference=0.43

Subordinate rank =10−0.41

Subordinaterank =9.57

Risk Assessment Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Intermediate
Moment Frame

1.479−1.329
% difference= ×10
1.479

327
% difference=1.01

Subordinate rank =10−1.01

Subordinate rank =8.99

Risk Assessment Difference of Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame and Dual System with
Special Moment Frame

1.479−1.455
% difference= ×10
1.479

% difference=0.16

Subordinate rank =10−0.16

Subordinate rank =9.84

Risk Assessment Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Special Moment
Frame

1.455−1.329
% difference= ×10
1.455

% difference=0.87

Subordinate rank =10−0.87

Subordinaterank =9.13

328
Sustainability Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Intermediate Moment
Frame

12,900−12,200
% difference= ×10
12,900

% difference=0.54

Subordinate rank =10−0.16

Subordinaterank =9.46

Sustainability Difference of Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame and Dual System with Special
Moment Frame

12,900−12,750
% difference= ×10
12,900

% difference=0.12

Subordinate rank =10−0.16

Subordinate rank =9.88

Sustainability Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Special Moment Frame

329
12,750−12,200
% difference= ×10
12,750

% difference=0.43

Subordinaterank =10−0.43

Subordinate rank =9.57

Environmental Assessment Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with
Intermediate Moment Frame

43.13−35.94
% difference= ×10
43.13

% difference=1.66

Subordinate rank =10−1.66

Subordinate rank =8.34

Environmental Assessment Difference of Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame and Dual System
with Special Moment Frame

43.13−40.25
% difference= ×10
43.13

% difference=0.72

Subordinate rank =10−1.66

330
Subordinate rank =9.28

Environmental Assessment Difference of Special Moment Resisting Frame and Dual System with Special
Moment Frame

40.25−35.94
% difference= ×10
40.25

% difference=1.07

Subordinate rank =10−1.07

Subordinate rank =¿8.93

Design Criteria Criterion’s Ability to satisfy the criterion (on a scale of 0 to 10)
Importance (on a Special Reinforced Dual System with Dual System with
scale of 0 to 10) Concrete Moment Intermediate Special Moment
Frame Moment Frame Frame
Economic 10 10 8 8
Constructability 9 8 8 8
Sustainability 9 8 8 8
Risk Assessment 9 9 7 8
Environmental 8 7 7 7
Assessment
Overall Rank 381 343 352

Table 4.22 Final Raw Ranking

4.5.2 Validation of Trade-Offs (Geotechnical Context)

To confirm the Designer’s Raw Ranking that was stated in Chapter 3, the designer computed the
necessary details for the validation of tradeoffs. The validation will prove if the assumptions on the initial
estimates presented in Chapter 3 is right.
331
In this chapter, the drafted tradeoffs for geotechnical (Vibro-Replacement, Wet Soil Mixing, and Jet
Grouting) on Ground Improvement methodology, we compared with initial estimates from the designer. The
tables below would signify which tradeoff fits perfectly to the client’s constraints.

Cost
Constraint
Vibro Replacement Wet Soil Mixing Jet Grouting

Economic Php 3,346,405.21 Php 2,213,367.80 Php 4,470,550.40

Constructability 4.9742 days 2.0108 days 2.68345 days

Safety 7.9 mm 24.94464351 mm 21.72372723 mm

Sustainability 774.7574 kPa 623.36 kPa 820.99 kPa

Environmental 31067.91072 kg 23280.23808 kg 57589.29792 kg

Table 4.23 Final Estimate Value for SMRF


Cost Difference of Vibro Replacement and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

3346405.21−2213367.8
% difference= × 10
3346405.21

% difference=3.39

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−3.39

Subordinate rank =6.61

Cost Difference of Vibro Replacement and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

332
4470550.4−3346405.21
% difference= × 10
4470550.4

% difference=2.51

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−2.51

Subordinate rank =7.49

Cost Difference of Jet Grouting and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

4470550.4−2213367.8
% difference= × 10
4470550.4

% difference=5.05

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−5.05

Subordinate rank =4.95

Duration Difference of Vibro Replacement and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

4.9747−2.0108
% difference= × 10
4.9747

333
% difference=5.96

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−5.96

Subordinate rank =4.04

Duration Difference of Vibro Replacement and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

4.9747−2.6835
% difference= × 10
4.9747

% difference=4.61

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinaterank =10−4.61

Subordinate rank =5.39

Duration Difference of Jet Grouting and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

2.86345−2.0108
% difference= ×10
2.86345

% difference=2.98

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

334
Subordinate rank =10−2.98

Subordinate rank =7.02

Safety Difference of Vibro Replacement and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

24.94464351−7.9
% difference= × 10
24.94464351

% difference=6.83

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−6.83

Subordinate rank =3.17

Safety Difference of Vibro Replacement and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

21.72372723−7.9
% difference= ×10
21.72372723

% difference=6.36

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinaterank =10−6.36

335
Subordinate rank =3.64

Safety Difference of Wet Soil Mixing and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

24.94464351−21.72372723
% difference= × 10
24.94464351

% difference=1.29

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinaterank =10−1.29

Subordinaterank =8.71

Sustainability Difference of Vibro Replacement and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

774.7574−623.36
% difference= × 10
774.7574

% difference=1.95

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−1.95

Subordinate rank =8.05

336
Sustainability Difference of Vibro Replacement and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

820.99−774.7574
% difference= ×10
820.99

% difference=0.56

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−0.56

Subordinate rank =9.44


Sustainability Difference of Wet Soil Mixing and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

820.99−623.36
% difference= ×10
820.99

% difference=2.41

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−2.41

Subordinate rank =7.59

Difference of Vibro Replacement and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

57589.29792−23280.23808
% difference= × 10
57589.29792

% difference=5.96

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

337
Subordinate rank =10−5.96

Subordinate rank =4.04

CO2 Difference of Vibro Replacement and Jet Grouting

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

57589.29792−31067.91072
% difference= ×10
57589.29792

% difference=4.61

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinaterank =10−4.61

Subordinate rank =5.39

CO2 Difference of Jet Grouting and Wet Soil Mixing

higher value−lower value


% difference= ×10
higher value

31067.91072−23280.23808
% difference= × 10
31067.91072

% difference=2.51

Subordinaterank =Governing rank −%difference

Subordinate rank =10−2.51

Subordinate rank =7.49

338
Design Criteria Criterion’s Ability to satisfy the criterion (on a scale of 0 to 10)
Importance (on a Vibro Wet Soil Mixing Jet Grouting
scale of 0 to 10) Replacement
Economic 10 6.61 10 4.95
Constructability 8 4.04 10 7.02
Safety 9 10 3.17 3.64
Sustainability 9 8.05 10 7.59
Environmental 6 4.04 10 7.49
Overall Rank 285.11 358.53 251.67

Table 4.24 Designer’s Raw Ranking

4.6 Final Trade-off Assessment

The comprehensive discussion presented below covers the designer’s justification in the rating criteria
above:

4.6.1 Trade-offs Assessment (Structural Context)

In this section, the designers present a comparative discussion off the results in the final ranking for the
Structural Context.

For the designer’s final raw ranking, the winning trade-offs is the Special Moment RC Frame that has the
highest score rank which is 381 followed by Dual System with Special RC Shear walls that has a score of
352 and then the Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame that has a score of 343 in the designer’s
raw ranking.

4.6.1.1 Economic Assessment (Material Cost)

In this criterion, Special Moment RC Frame is the governing trade-off the final material cost for this trade-off
is Php 1,828,100.00, the Material Cost is the cheapest compared to Dual System with Special RC Shear
walls and Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame.

4.6.1.2 Serviceability Assessment (Deflection)

In this criterion the governing trade-off is Special Moment RC Frame, it only has 1.329 mm vertical
deflection and it is the lowest deflection compared to Dual System with Special RC Shear walls and Dual

339
System with Intermediate Moment Frame. This value is significant in the structural integrity of the structure
since the higher the magnitude of deflection the higher the risk of failure.

4.6.1.3 Constructability Assessment (Construction Duration)

In this criterion, the governing trade-off is the Special Moment RC Frame since it has the least number of
expected days to complete the project, which is 37 days.

4.6.1.4 Sustainability Assessment (Maintenance Cost)

In this criterion, Special Moment RC Frame is the governing trade-off the final maintenance cost for this
trade-off is only Php 12,200.00 per year, this maintenance cost is the cheapest compared Dual System with
Special RC Shear walls and Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame because of the material used to
build the structure. Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame has the largest cost for the maintenance.
4.6.1.5 Environmental Assessment (Carbon Emission)

In this criterion, Special Moment RC Frame is the governing trade-off. It only produces 35.94 kg of Carbon
Emission per km which is the lowest compared to Dual System with Special RC Shear walls and Dual
System with Intermediate Moment Frame.

4.6.2 Trade-offs Assessment for Geotechnical Context

In this section, the designers present a comparative discussion off the results in the final ranking for the
Geotechnical Context.For the designer’s final raw ranking, the winning trade-offs is the Wet Soil Mixing that
has the highest score rank which is 358.53 followed by Vibro Replacement that has a score of 285.11 and
lastly the Jet Grouting that has a score of 251.67 in the designer’s final ranking.

4.6.2.1 Economic Assessment (Material Cost)

In this criterion, Wet Soil Mixing is the governing trade-off the final material cost for this trade-off is only Php
2,213,367.80. This material is the cheapest compared to Vibro Replacement and the Jet Grouting.

4.6.2.2 Serviceability Assessment (Deflection/Settlement)

In this criterion the governing trade-off is the Vibro Replacement, it has the least magnitude of settlement
which is 7.9 mm. This is the lowest settlement compared to Wet Soil Mixing and Jet Grouting.

4.6.2.3 Constructability Assessment (Construction Duration)

In this criterion, the governing trade-off is Wet Soil Mixing since it has the least number of expected days to
complete the project, which is 2 days. It is the lowest number of days to complete the project compared to
Vibro Replacement and the Jet Grouting.

340
4.6.2.4 Sustainability Assessment (Bearing Capcity)

In this criterion, Jet Grouting is the governing trade-off. It has a bearing capacity of 820.99 kPa. It is the
largest bearing capacity compared to Wet Soil Mixing and Vibro Replacement.

4.6.2.5 Environmental Assessment (Carbon Emission)

In this criterion, Wet Soil Mixing is the governing trade-off. It only produces 23.3 kg of Carbon Emission per
km which is the lowest compared to Vibro Replacement and the Jet Grouting.

4.7 Influence of Multiple Constraints, Trade-offs and Standards


Through the consideration of multiple constraints, the designers have chosen what particular designs
among the trade-offs they will use. The trade-off is very significant in the design for it will solve the problem
regarding the concern of expenses.

4.7.1 Structural Context

4.7.1.1 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Economic Constraint

ECONOMIC CONSTRAINT

1,905,700.00

1,926,400.00
CO S T (PhP)

Dual System
with Special
1,950,000.00 Moment...
1,900,000.00 Dual System
1,828,100.00 with
1,850,000.00 Intermediat...

1,800,000.00 Special
Moment
Resisting...
1,750,000.00
Special Moment Resisting Frame Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
Dual System with Special Moment Frame

Bar Chart 4.1 Graphical Comparison for Economic Constraints

341
The Bar Chart above shows that the most expensive trade-offs among the three is the Dual System with
Intermediate Moment Frame having a total material cost of Php 1,926,400.00. the cost difference between
the governing trade-off is Php 98,300.00.

4.7.1.2 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Risk Assessment Constraint

SAFETY CONSTRAINT

1.46

1.48
Deflection (MM)

Dual System
with Special
1.5 Moment...
1.45
Dual System
1.4 1.33 with
Intermediat...
1.35
Special
1.3 Moment
Resisting...
1.25
Special Moment Resisting Frame Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
Dual System with Special Moment Frame
Bar Chart 0.2 Graphical Comparison for Safety Constraints
The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their deflection values, the
trade-off with the largest value for deflection among the three is the Dual System with Intermediate Moment
Frame with deflection value of 1.479 mm. The difference in total soil displacement between the governing
trade-off between it is 0.15mm
.
4.7.1.3 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Constructability Constraint
CONSTRUCTABI LITY CONSTRAINTS

65
D U R ATIO N (D AYS )

51

Dual System with Special Moment Frame


70
60
37
50
40 Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
30
20
10 Special Moment Resisting Frame
0
Special Moment Resisting Frame Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
Dual System with Special Moment Frame

Bar Chart 0.3 Graphical Comparison for CONSTRUCTABILITY Constraints

342
The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their total construction
duration. The trade-off with the longest phase of construction duration among the three is the Dual System
with Special Moment Frame having a total construction duration of 65 days. The difference in construction
duration between the governing trade-off between it is 28 days.

4.7.1.4 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Sustainability Constraint

SUSTAINABILITY CONSTRAINTS

12,750.00
Maintenance cost

13,000.00
12,900.00
12,800.00 Dual System with Special Moment Frame
. (Php)

12,600.00
12,400.00 12,200.00
Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
12,200.00
12,000.00 Special Moment Resisting Frame
11,800.00

Special Moment Resisting Frame Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
Dual System with Special Moment Frame
Bar Chart 0.4 Graphical Comparison for SUSTAINABILITY Constraints

The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their maintenance cost.
The trade-off with the highest value for maintenance cost among the three is Dual System with
Intermediate Moment Frame having a cost of Php 12,900. The difference in maintenance cost between the
governing trade-off is Php 700.

4.7.1.5 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Environmental Constraint


ENVI RONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS
CO 2 E M IS S IO N (K G pe r k m )

40.25

Dual System
43.13 with Special
50 35.94 Moment
Frame
40
30
20 Special
10 Moment
Resisting
0 Frame

Special Moment Resisting Frame Dual System with Intermediate Moment Frame
Dual System with Special Moment Frame

Bar Chart 0.5 Graphical Comparison for SUSTAINABILITY Constraints

343
The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their total CO2 emissions.
The trade-off with the highest value for the CO2 emission among the three is the Dual System with
Intermediate Moment Frame having a total CO2 emission of 43.13 kg. The difference maintenance cost
between the governing trade-off between is 7.19 kg.

4.7.2 Geotechnical Context

4.7.2.1 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Economic Constraint


ECONOMI C CONSTRA I NT

3346405
CO S T (PhP)

4470550 2213368
VIBRO REPLACEMENT
5000000
4000000
3000000 WET SOIL MIXING
2000000
1000000 JET GROUTING FOOTING
0

JET GROUTING FOOTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Bar Chart 4.6 Graphical Comparison for Economic Constraints

The Bar Chart above that the most expensive trade-offs among the three is the Jet Grouting having a total
material cost of 4,470,550 Php. the cost difference between the governing trade-off is 2,257,182 Php.

4.7.2.2 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Safety Constraint


SA F ETY CONSTRA I NT
S E T T LE M E N T (M M )

24.94
7.9

21.72
VIBRO REPLACEMENT
25
20
15 WET SOIL MIXING
10
5 JET GROUTING FOOTING
0

JET GROUTING FOOTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Bar Chart 4.7 Graphical Comparison for Safety Constraints

The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their total settlement the
trade-off with the largest value for the total settlement among the three is the Wet Soil Mixing with total
settlement of 24.94464351 mm. The difference in total soil displacement between the governing trade-off
between it is 0 mm.

344
4.7.2.3 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Constructability Constraint
CONSTRUCTABILITY CONSTRAI NTS
4.97
D U R A T IO N ( D A Y S )

2.01 VIBRO REPLACEMENT


5
4 2.68
3 WET SOIL MIXING
2
1 JET GROUTING
0

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Bar Chart 4.8 Graphical Comparison for CONSTRUCTABILITY Constraints

The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their total construction
duration. The trade-off with the slowest phase of construction duration among the three is the Vibro
Replacement having a total construction duration of 4.9742 days. The difference in construction duration
between the governing trade-off between it is 2.9634 days.

4.7.1.4 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Sustainability Constraint

SUSTAINABILITY CONSTRAINTS

774.76
Bearing capacity (kPa)

820.99 VIBRO
1000 623.36 REPLACEMENT
800
WET SOIL
600 MIXING
400
200 JET
GROUTING
0

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Bar Chart 4.9 Graphical Comparison for SUSTAINABILITY Constraints

The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their total bearing
capacity. The trade-off with the highest value for the bearing capacity among the three is the jet grouting
having a total bearing capacity of 820.99 kPa. The difference maintenance cost between the governing
trade-off between it is197.63 kPa.

345
4.7.1.5 Graphical Comparison of Final Estimates for Environmental Constraint

SUSTAINABILITY CONSTRAINTS

57589.3
CO2 EMISSION (KG)

VIBRO
60000 REPLACEMENT
50000 23280.24
31067.91
40000 WET SOIL
MIXING
30000
20000
JET
10000 GROUTING
0

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Bar Chart 4.10 Graphical Comparison for SUSTAINABILITY Constraints

The Bar Chart above indicates the comparison of each trade-offs with respect to their total co2 emissions.
The trade-off with the highest value for the co2 emission among the three is the VIbro Replacement having
a total co2 emission of 57589.29792 kg. The difference maintenance cost between the governing trade-off
between it is 34309.05984 kg.

4.8 Sensitivity Report

4.8.1 Structural Context

4.8.1.1 Economic vs Safety

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Structural trade-offs
and its effect to the settlement of the soil. The analysis of this graph between the economical and
serviceability of the structure, the higher the amount of Material cost will lessen the chance of Deflection of
the structure. Because of a high standard and quality of the materials can reduce the calculated deflection
of the structure.

ECONOMIC VS SAFETY

SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING DUAL SYSTEM WITH DUAL SYSTEM WITH SPECIAL
FRAME INTERMEDIATE MOMENT MOMENT FRAME
PERCENT FRAME
INCREASE
DEFLECTION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
COST (Php) COST (Php) COST (Php)
(mm) (mm) (mm)

1,905,700.0
0 1,828,100 1.329 1,926,400.00 1.479 1.455
0

346
3,513,725.4
5 1,919,505 1.263 2,324,036.19 1.405 1.382
7

3,681,045.7
10 2,010,910 1.196 2,434,704.58 1.331 1.31
3

3,848,365.9
15 2,102,315 1.13 2,545,372.97 1.257 1.237
9

4,015,686.2
20 2,193,720 1.0632 2,656,041.36 1.183 1.164
5

4,183,006.5
25 2,285,125 0.998 2,766,709.75 1.109 1.091
1

Table 0.25 Economic vs Serviceability

Economic vs Deflection
4.5
4
3.5
3
Deflection (mm)

2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Cost Increased (%)

SMRF DS W/ IMF DS W/ SMF

Line Graph 4.1 Economical vs Serviceability

4.8.1.2 Economical vs Constructability

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the duration of the structure. The analysis of this graph between the economical and
duration of construction, the higher the amount of Material cost can accomplish the project beyond the

347
expected number of days of work. Because of a different mechanism or apparatus can help our project
accomplish as soon as possible, but expecting the cost of that tools will consume a lot of cost.

ECONOMIC VS CONSTRUCTABILITY

SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING DUAL SYSTEM WITH DUAL SYSTEM WITH SPECIAL
FRAME INTERMEDIATE MOMENT MOMENT FRAME
FRAME
PERCENT
INCREASE DURATIO DURATIO
DURATION
MATERIAL COST N MATERIAL N MATERIAL
(Php) COST(Php) COST(Php) (days)
(days) (days)

0 1,828,100 37 2,213,367.80 51 3,346,405.21 65

5 1,919,505 35 2,324,036.19 48 3,513,725.47 62

10 2,010,910 33 2,434,704.58 45 3,681,045.73 59

15 2,102,315 31 2,545,372.97 43 3,848,365.99 55

20 2,193,720 29 2,656,041.36 40 4,015,686.25 52

25 2,285,125 27 2,766,709.75 38 4,183,006.51 49

Table 0.26 Economic vs Constructability

348
Economic vs Constructability
90

80

70

60
Duration (days)

50 DS W/ SMF
DS W/ IMF
40 SMRF
30

20

10

0
0 10 15 20 25

Cost Increaded (%)

Line Graph 4.2 Economic vs Constructability

4.8.1.3 Economical vs Sustainability

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the maintenance of the structure. The analysis of this graph between the economical
and sustainability of the structure, the higher the amount of Material cost will increase the bearing capacity.
Because of a high standard and quality of the materials can reduce the maintenance of the structure.

ECONOMIC VS SUSTAINABILITY

SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING DUAL SYSTEM WITH DUAL SYSTEM WITH SPECIAL
FRAME INTERMEDIATE MOMENT MOMENT FRAME
PERCENT FRAME
INCREASE
MATERIAL MAINTENANCE MATERIAL MAINTENANCE MATERIAL MAINTENANCE
COST(PHP) COST (PHP) COST(PHP) COST (PHP) COST(PHP) COST (PHP)

0 1,828,100 12,200 2,213,367.80 12,900 3,346,405.21 12,750

5 1,919,505 11,590 2,324,036.19 12,255 3,513,725.47 12,113

10 2,010,910 10,980 2,434,704.58 11,610 3,681,045.73 11,475

15 2,102,315 10370 2,545,372.97 10,965 3,848,365.99 10,838

349
20 2,193,720 9,760 2,656,041.36 10,320 4,015,686.25 10,200

25 2,285,125 9,150 2,766,709.75 9,675 4,183,006.51 9,563

Table 4.27 Economic vs Sustainability

Economic vs Sustainability
16,000

14,000

12,000
Maintenance Cost(Php)

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Cost increased (%)

SMRF DS W/ SMF DS W/ IMF

Line Graph 4.3 Economic vs Sustainability


4.8.1.4 Economical vs Environmental

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the vicinity or environment of the structure. The analysis of this graph between the
economical and environment of the structure, the higher the amount of Material cost will lessen the CO2
Emissions. Because of a high standard and quality of the materials can reduce the maintenance of the
structure.

Table 0-5 Economic vs Sustainability

ECONOMIC VS ENVIRONMENTAL

PERCENT SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING DUAL SYSTEM WITH DUAL SYSTEM WITH SPECIAL
INCREASE FRAME INTERMEDIATE MOMENT MOMENT FRAME
FRAME

350
CO2 CO2
CO2
MATERIAL MATERIAL EMISSION MATERIAL EMISSION
EMISSION
COST (Php) COST(Php) COST(Php)
(kg/km) (kg/km) (kg/km)

0 1,828,100 35.94 2,213,367.80 43.13 3,346,405.21 40.25

5 1,919,505 34.14 2,324,036.19 40.97 3,513,725.47 38.24

10 2,010,910 32.35 2,434,704.58 38.82 3,681,045.73 36.23

15 2,102,315 30.55 2,545,372.97 36.66 3,848,365.99 34.21

20 2,193,720 28.75 2,656,041.36 34.5 4,015,686.25 32.2

25 2,285,125 26.96 2,766,709.75 32.35 4,183,006.51 30.19

Table 0.28 Economic vs Sustainability

Chart Title
50
45
40
CO2 emission (kg/lm)

35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Cost Increased (%)

SMRF DS W/SMF DS W/IMF

Line Graph 4.4 Economic vs Environment


4.8.2 Geotechnical Context
4.8.2.1 Economical vs Safety

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the settlement of the soil. The analysis of this graph between the economical and
serviceability of the structure, the higher the amount of Material cost will lessen the chance of settlement of

351
the soil. Because of a high standard and quality of the materials can reduce the calculated settlement of the
soil.

ECONOMIC VS SAFETY

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT


PERCENT
INCREASE SETTLEMENT SETTLEMENT SETTLEMENT
COST (Php) COST (Php) COST (Php)
(mm) (mm) (mm)

4,470,550.4 3,346,405.2
0 21.72 2,213,367.80 24.94 7.9
0 1

4,694,077.9 3,513,725.4
5 20.63 2,324,036.19 23.69 7.51
2 7

4,917,605.4 3,681,045.7
10 19.55 2,434,704.58 22.45 7.11
4 3

5,141,132.9 3,848,365.9
15 18.46 2,545,372.97 21.20 6.72
6 9

5,364,660.4 4,015,686.2
20 17.38 2,656,041.36 19.95 6.32
8 5

5,588,188.0 4,183,006.5
25 16.29 2,766,709.75 18.71 5.93
0 1

Table 0.29 Economic vs Serviceability

352
Economical vs Serviceability
30

25
Deflection (mm)

20

15

10

0
0 5 10 15 20 25

Cost Increased (%)

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Line Graph 4.5 Economical vs Serviceability


4.8.2.2 Economical vs Constructability

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the duration of the structure. The analysis of this graph between the economical and
duration of construction, the higher the amount of Material cost can accomplish the project beyond the
expected number of days of work. Because of a different mechanism or apparatus can help our project
accomplish as soon as possible, but expecting the cost of that tools will consume a lot of cost.

ECONOMIC VS CONSTRUCTABILITY

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT


PERCENT
INCREASE DURATIO DURATIO
MATERIAL COST MATERIAL COST MATERIAL COST DURATION
N N

0 4,470,550.40 2.68 2,213,367.80 2.01 3,346,405.21 4.97

5 4,694,077.92 2.55 2,324,036.19 1.91 3,513,725.47 4.72

10 4,917,605.44 2.41 2,434,704.58 1.81 3,681,045.73 4.47

15 5,141,132.96 2.28 2,545,372.97 1.71 3,848,365.99 4.22

20 5,364,660.48 2.14 2,656,041.36 1.61 4,015,686.25 3.98

25 5,588,188.00 2.01 2,766,709.75 1.51 4,183,006.51 3.73

353
Table 4.30 Economic vs Constructability

Economical vs Constructability
6

4
Duration (days)

0
0 5 10 15 20 25

Cost Increased (%)

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Line Graph 4.6 Economic vs Constructability


4.8.2.3 Economical vs Sustainability

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the maintenance of the structure. The analysis of this graph between the economical
and sustainability of the structure, the higher the amount of Material cost will increase the bearing capacity.
Because of a high standard and quality of the materials can reduce the maintenance of the structure.

ECONOMIC VS SUSTAINABILITY

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT


PERCENT
INCREASE MATERIAL BEARING MATERIAL BEARING MATERIAL BEARING
COST CAPACITY COST CAPACITY COST CAPACITY

0 4,470,550.40 820.99 2,213,367.80 623.36 3,346,405.21 774.76

5 4,694,077.92 862.04 2,324,036.19 654.53 3,513,725.47 813.50

10 4,917,605.44 903.09 2,434,704.58 685.70 3,681,045.73 852.23

15 5,141,132.96 944.14 2,545,372.97 716.86 3,848,365.99 890.97

354
20 5,364,660.48 985.19 2,656,041.36 748.03 4,015,686.25 929.71

25 5,588,188.00 1,026.24 2,766,709.75 779.20 4,183,006.51 968.45

Table 0.31 Economic vs Sustainability

Economic vs Sustainability
1200

1000
Bearing Capacity (kPa)

800

600

400

200

0
0 5 10 15 20 25

Cost Increased (%)

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

LineGraph 4.7 Economic vs Sustainability

4.8.2.4 Economical vs Environmental

The table below shows that when the designers considered the construction cost of the Geotechnical trade-
offs and its effect to the vicinity or environment of the structure. The analysis of this graph between the
economical and environment of the structure, the higher the amount of Material cost will lessen the CO2
Emissions. Because of a high standard and quality of the materials can reduce the maintenance of the
structure.

ECONOMIC VS ENVIRONMENTAL

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT


PERCENT
INCREASE MATERIAL CO2 MATERIAL CO2 MATERIAL CO2
COST EMISSION COST EMISSION COST EMISSION

0 4,470,550.40 31,067.91 2,213,367.80 23,280.24 3,346,405.21 57,589.30

355
5 4,694,077.92 29,514.51 2,324,036.19 22,116.23 3,513,725.47 54,709.84

10 4,917,605.44 27,961.12 2,434,704.58 20,952.22 3,681,045.73 51,830.37

15 5,141,132.96 26,407.72 2,545,372.97 19,788.20 3,848,365.99 48,950.91

20 5,364,660.48 24,854.33 2,656,041.36 18,624.19 4,015,686.25 46,071.44

25 5,588,188.00 23,300.93 2,766,709.75 17,460.18 4,183,006.51 43,191.98

Table 0.32 Economic vs Sustainability

Economic vs Environment
70,000.00

60,000.00
CO2 Emission (kg)

50,000.00

40,000.00

30,000.00

20,000.00

10,000.00

0.00
0 5 10 15 20 25

Cost Increased (%)

JET GROUTING WET SOIL MIXING VIBRO REPLACEMENT

Line Graph 4.8 Economic vs Environmet

356
4.9 NORMALIZATION
4.9.1 Structural Context
Raw Data
PC1 (Cost in PC4 (Maintenance
Design PC2 (Duration in days) PC3 (Deflection)
Pesos) Cost )
1 1,828,100.00 37 1.329 12,200.00
1,926,40
2 0.00 51 1.479 12,900.00
1,905,70
3 0.00 65 1.455 12,750.00

Normalized data
PC1 (Cost in PC4 (Maintenance
Design PC2 (Duration in days) PC3 (Deflection)
Pesos) Cost )

1 10 10 10 10

2 1.00 1 1 1

3 2.9 5.5 2.44 2.93

Table 3
PC Weight (%) D1 D2 D3
1 0.4 10 1 2.9
2 0.3 10 1 5.5
3 0.2 10 1 2.44
4 0.1 10 1 2.94

357
Weighte 10 1
d Sum 3.59

Table 4
PC Weight (%) D1 D2 D3
1 0.38 10 1 2.9
2 0.28 10 1 5.5
3 0.22 10 1 2.44
4 0.12 10 1 2.94
Weighte 10 1
d Sum 3.53

Table 5
PC Weight (%) D1 D2 D3
1 0.35 10 1 2.9
2 0.15 10 1 5.5
3 0.38 10 1 2.44
4 0.12 10 1 2.94
Weighte 10 1
d Sum 3.12

4.9.2 Geotechnical Context


1. RAW DATA
PC4 (Bearing PC5 (CO2
Design PC1 (Cost in Pesos) PC2 (Duration in days) PC3 (Settlement)
Capacity ) EMISSION
4,470,550.3
1 4 2.68345 21.72372723 820.99 31067.91072
2,213,367.8
2 0 2.0108 24.94464351 623.36 23280.23808
3,346,405.2
3 1 4.9742 7.9 774.7574 57589.29792

358
2. Normalized data
PC4 (Bearing PC5 (CO2
Design PC1 (Cost in Pesos) PC2 (Duration in days) PC3 (Settlement)
Capacity ) EMISSION
1.0
1 0 7.957126949 2.700724718 1 7.957126949
10.0
2 0 10 1 10 10
5.4
3 8 1 10 3.105416182 1

Table 3
PC Weight (%) D1 D2 D3
1 0.3 1 10 5.48
2 0.2 7.957126949 10 1
3 0.1 2.700724718 1 10
4 0.3 1 10 3.105416182
5 0.1 7.957126949 10 1
Weighte  
d Sum 3.257210557 9.1 3.875624855

Table 4
PC Weight (%) D1 D2 D3
1 0.23 1 10 5.48
2 0.22 7.957126949 10 1
3 0.12 2.700724718 1 10
4 0.33 1 10 3.105416182
5 0.1 7.957126949 10 1
Weighte  
d Sum 2.634654895 7.92 3.70518734

Table 5

359
PC Weight (%) D1 D2 D3
1 0.3 1 10 5.48
2 0.15 7.957126949 10 1
3 0.12 2.700724718 1 10
4 0.33 1 10 3.105416182
5 0.1 7.957126949 10 1
Weighte  
d Sum 2.147656009 7.92 4.01878734

360
CHAPTER 5: FINAL DESIGN
5.1 Final Design (Structural Context)
The designer has come up to a design that conforms to the National Building Code of the
Philippines and the National Structural Code of the Philippines. The structural parts of the design were able
to pass the necessary test for adequacy needed for the design.
Concluding up the design of the Two-Storey Fire Station, as proven from the previous chapters, the
Special Moment Concrete Resisting Frame was the ruling trade-off.

5.1.1 Framing System


Special Moment-Resisting Frame is a rectilinear assembly of beams and columns, rigidly
connecting the beams to the column. Resistance to lateral forces is given primarily by rigid frame action
and bending moment and shear force production in the frame members and joints. A moment frame cannot
displace laterally without bending the beams or columns depending on the geometry of the connection, due
to the rigid beam–column connections. Hence the frame members' bending rigidity and strength is the
primary source of lateral stiffness and strength for the entire frame.

Figure 5.1 1st floor to Roof Deck Framing Plan

361
Figure 5.2 Foundation Plan

362
5.1.2 Beam Design

Figure 5.3 Typical Beam Design Along Long Span

Figure 5.4 Typical Beam Design Along Short Span

363
Figure 5.5 Beam Elevation Along Long Span

Figure 5.6 Beam Elevation Along Long Span

364
Figure 5.7 Beam Elevation Along Long Span

Figure 5.8 Beam Elevation Along Short Span

365
Figure 5.9 Beam Elevation Along Short Span

Figure 5.10 Beam Elevation Along Short Span

366
Figure 5.11 Beam Schedule

Figure 5.12 Bar Cutting Disk Along Long Span

367
Figure 5.13 Bar Cutting Disk Along Long Span (Continuation)

368
Figure 5.14 Bar Cutting Disk Along Long Span (Continuation)

369
Figure 5.15 Bar Cutting Disk Along Short Span

370
Figure 5.16 Bar Cutting Disk Along Short Span (Continuation)

371
Figure 5.17 Summary of Bar Cutting Disk

372
5.1.3 COLUMN DESIGN

Figure 5.18 Column Elevation

373
Figure 5.19 Column Schedule

374
Figure 5.20 Bar Cutting Disk

375
Figure 5.21 Bar Cutting Disk (Continuation)

376
Figure 5.22 Summary of Bar Cutting Disk

5.1.5 SLAB DESIGN

Figure 5.23 Slab Reinforcement Layout

377
Figure 5.24 Slab Schedule

378
Figure 5.25 Bottom Reinforcement Cutting Disk

379
Figure 5.26 Bottom Reinforcement Cutting Disk (Continuation)

380
Figure 5.27 Bottom Reinforcement Cutting Disk (Continuation)

381
Figure 5.28 Top Reinforcement Cutting Disk

382
Figure 5.29 Top Reinforcement Cutting Disk (Continuation)

383
Figure 5.30 Top Reinforcement Cutting Disk (Continuation)

384
5.2 Final Design (Geotechnical Context)

The designer has come up to a design that conforms to the National Building Code of the
Philippines and the National Structural Code of the Philippines. The Geotechnical parts of the design were
able to pass the necessary test for adequacy needed for the design.
Concluding up the design of the Two-Storey Fire Station, as proven from the previous chapters, the
Wet Soil Mixing was the ruling trade-off.

5.2.1 Footing Details

Figure 5.31 Typical Schedule of Footings

Figure 5.32 Typical Details of Footings

385
5.2.2 Ground Improvement Details

WET SOIL DESIGN


Wet soil column diameter 0.80 m
horizontal spacing 1.00 m
vertical spacing 1.00 m
length of column 2.40 m
Number of Wet Soil Column per Footing 9.00 pcs
Figure 5.33 Typical Details of Wet Soil Column

Figure 5.34 Typical Details of Wet Soil Column

386
Figure 5.35 Perspective of Footing with Ground Improvement

387
APPENDIX A.1: COST ESTIMATES
STRUCTURAL CONTEXT
BOQ SUMMARY (ECONOMIC COST)
 
Project Name
Special Moment Concrete Resisting Frame
:
 
Element:  Beam (1st Floor to Roof
 
Deck)
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
1 Concrete C20 (cum) 29.52 4600.00 45264
Sub Total 29.52 ₱ 135,792
 
2 Rebar #10 (Fy420) (kg) 1941.96 45.00 87388
3 Rebar #13 (Fy420) (kg) 148.05 45.00 6662.25
4 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 3184.59 45.00 143306.55
5 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 85.5 45.00 3847.5
6 Rebar #19 (Fy420) (kg) 1032.22 45.00 46449.9
7 Rebar #25 (Fy420) (kg) 237.48 45.00 10686.6
8 Rebar #25 (Fy420) (kg) 5057.73 45.00 227597.85
Sub Total 3899.80 ₱ 525938.65
 
(sq.m
9 Shuttering 83.64 58.00 4851.12
)
Sub Total         ₱ 4,851.12
 
Total Cost ₱ 666,581.77
 
 
Design Metrics
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 132.12 kg/cum
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 46.63 kg/sqm
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.35 cum/sqm
4 Concrete % C20 = 100.00 % 
5 Shuttering  = 8.50 sqm/cum

Element:  Column  
 

388
No. Material Unit Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
1 Concrete C25 (cum) 27.54 5180.00 142657
Sub Total 27.54 ₱ 142,657
 
2 Rebar #10 (Fy420) (kg) 2586.09 45.00 116374
3 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 3049.00 45.00 137205
4 Rebar #32 (Fy420) (kg) 4101.00 45.00 184545
Sub Total 9736.09 ₱ 438,123
 
5 Shuttering (sq.m) 227.52 58.00 13196
Sub Total         ₱ 13,196
 
Total Cost ₱ 593,977
 
 
Design Metrics
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 353.53 kg/cum  
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 54.09 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.15 cum/sqm  
4 Concrete % C25 = 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 8.26 sqm/cum

Element:  Slab (1st Floor to


 
Roof Deck)
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
1 Concrete C20 (cum) 75.9 4600.00 349140
Sub Total 75.9 ₱ 349,140
 
2 Rebar #10 (Fy420) (kg) 4646.88 45.00 209109.6
Sub Total 4646.88 ₱ 209,109.6
 
3 Shuttering (sq.) 159.95 58.00 9277.1
Sub Total         ₱ 9,277.1

389
 
Total Cost ₱ 567,526.7
 
 
Design Metrics
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 61 kg/cum  
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 26.05 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.47 cum/sqm  
4 Concrete % C20 = 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 6.29 sqm/cum

GRAND TOTAL = ₱ 666,581.77 + ₱ 593,977 + ₱ 567,526.7 = ₱ 1,828,084.00

Project Name: DS WITH IMF


 
Element:  Beam (1st Floor to Roof
 
Deck)
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
1 Concrete C20 (cum) 30.24 4600.00 121578
Sub Total 30.24 ₱ 139,104
 
2 Rebar #10 (Fy420) (kg) 2010 45.00 90450
3 Rebar #13 (Fy420) (kg) 378 45.00 17010
4 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 3482 45.00 156690
5 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 42.6 45.00 1917
6 Rebar #19 (Fy420) (kg) 180.27 45.00 8112.15
7 Rebar #25 (Fy420) (kg) 50.19 45.00 2258.55
8 Rebar #25 (Fy420) (kg) 1142 45.00 51390
Sub Total 7285.04 ₱ 327,828
 
9 Shuttering (sq.m) 256.23 58.00 13030.86
Sub Total         14,861.34
 

390
Total Cost ₱ 481,793.06
 
 
Design Metrics
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 240.91 kg/cum  
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 28.42 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.12 cum/sqm  
4 Concrete % C20 = 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 8.50 sqm/cum

Element:  Column  
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
Column Wall
1 Concrete C25 (cum) 13.60 33.15 5180.00 242165
Sub Total 13.60 33.15
Total 46.75 ₱ 242,165
 
2 Rebar 10 (Fy420) (kg) 969.36 497.00 60.00 87982
3 Rebar 10 (Fy420) (kg) 0.00 631.87 60.00 37912
4 Rebar 16 (Fy420) (kg) 800.00 0.00 60.00 48000
5 Rebar 19 (Fy420) (kg) 1220.00 5479.00 60.00 401940
Sub Total 2989.36 6607.87
Total 9597.23 ₱ 575,833
 
6 Shuttering (sq.m) 127.00 234.50 70.00 25305
Sub Total 361.50
Total           ₱ 25,305
 
Total Cost ₱ 843,303
 
 
Design Metrics Column Wall Total
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 219.81 199.33 205.29 kg/cum  
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 53.32 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.26 cum/sqm  
391
4 Concrete % C25 = 100.00 100.00 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 9.34 7.07 7.73 sqm/cum  
 

Element:  Slab (1st Floor to


 
Roof Deck)
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
1 Concrete C20 (cum) 71.94 4600.00 330924
Sub Total 71.94 ₱ 330,924
 
2 Rebar #10 (Fy420) (kg) 5388.54 45.00 242484.3
Sub Total 5388.54 ₱ 242,484.3
 
3 Shuttering (sq.m) 479.61 58.00 27817
Sub Total         ₱ 27,817
 
Total Cost ₱ 601,225.3
 
 
Design Metrics
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 74.90 kg/cum  
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 11.24 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.06 cum/sqm  
4 Concrete % C20 = 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 6.67 sqm/cum

GRAND TOTAL = ₱ 481,793.04 + ₱ 843,303 + ₱ 601,225.3 = ₱ 1,926,322.00

392
Element:  Beam  
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
1 Concrete C20 (cum) 30.24 4600.00 139104
Sub Total 30.24 ₱ 139,104
 
2 Rebar #10 (Fy420) (kg) 1743 45.00 78435
3 Rebar #13 (Fy420) (kg) 378 45.00 17010
4 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 3228 45.00 145260
5 Rebar #16 (Fy420) (kg) 36 45.00 1620
6 Rebar #19 (Fy420) (kg) 12 45.00 540
7 Rebar #19 (Fy420) (kg) 390 45.00 17550
8 Rebar #25 (Fy420) (kg) 63 45.00 2835
9 Rebar #25 (Fy420) (kg) 1017 45.00 45765
Sub Total 6867 ₱ 309,015
 
10 Shuttering (sq.m) 224.67 58.00 13030.86
Sub Total         ₱ 13,030.86
 
Total Cost ₱ 461,149
 
 
Design Metrics
1 Consumption: Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 227.08 kg/cum  
2 Consumption: Reinforcement/Plan area = 10.62 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption: Concrete/Plan area = 0.05 cum/sqm  
4 Concrete % C20 = 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 8.50 sqm/cum

Element:  Column  
 
No. Material Unit Quantity Quantity Rate ₱ Cost ₱
Column Wall
1 Concrete C25 (cum) 13.60 33.15 5180.00 242165
Sub Total 13.60 33.15

393
Total 46.75 ₱ 242,165
 
2 Rebar 10 (Fy420) (kg) 969.36 497.00 60.00 87982
3 Rebar 10 (Fy420) (kg) 0.00 631.87 60.00 37912
4 Rebar 16 (Fy420) (kg) 800.00 0.00 60.00 48000
5 Rebar 19 (Fy420) (kg) 1220.00 5479.00 60.00 401940
Sub Total 2989.36 6607.87
Total 9597.23 ₱ 575,833
 
6 Shuttering (sq.m) 127.00 234.50 70.00 25305
Sub Total 361.50
Total           ₱ 25,305
 
Total Cost ₱ 843,303
 
 
Design Metrics Column Wall Total
1 Consumption : Reinforcement/Concrete ratio = 219.81 199.33 205.29 kg/cum  
2 Consumption : Reinforcement/Planarea = 53.32 kg/sqm  
3 Consumption : Concrete/Planarea = 0.26 cum/sqm  
4 Concrete % C25 = 100.00 100.00 100.00 %   
5 Shuttering  = 9.34 7.07 7.73 sqm/cum  

394
DETAILED CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WEEK 1
TRADE OFF 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
BUILDING PERMIT              
MOBILIZATION              
STAKE OUT              
CLEARING AND GRUBBING              
EXCAVATION              
DEWATERING (IF NECESSARY)              
POURING OF FOUNDATION              
DAMPROOF OF WATERPOOF AND SETTING TILE              
CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS              
CONSTRUCT ROUGH FRAMING              
INSTALLING OF LONGITUDINAL BAR              
BEAM AND COLUMN CONFINEMENT              
BAR SPLICING              
CONCRETE PLACEMENT              
INSTALLING INSULATON              
COMPLETION OF DRY WALL              
PRIME AND PAINTING              
MOLDING AND TRIM              
CERTIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY              
MODIFICATIONS              
MOVING IN              
APPENDIX A.2: DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

395
WEEK 2 WEEK 3
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

WEEK 4 WEEK 5
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 1 2 3 4
                           

396
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

WEEK 6 WEEK 7
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
                           
                           
                           
                           

397
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                         
                         
                         

DETAILED CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WEEK 1


TRADE OFF 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
BUILDING PERMIT              
MOBILIZATION              
STAKE OUT              
CLEARING AND GRUBBING              
EXCAVATION              
DEWATERING (IF NECESSARY)              
POURING OF FOUNDATION              

398
DAMPROOF OF WATERPOOF AND SETTING TILE              
CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS              
CONSTRUCT ROUGH FRAMING              
INSTALLING OF LONGITUDINAL BAR              
BEAM AND COLUMN CONFINEMENT              
BAR SPLICING              
CONCRETE PLACEMENT              
POURING OF CONCRETE IN SHEAR WALL              
INSTALLING INSULATON              
COMPLETION OF DRY WALL              
PRIME AND PAINTING              
MOLDING AND TRIM              
CERTIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY              
MODIFICATIONS              
MOVING IN              

WEEK 2 WEEK 3
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

399
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

WEEK 4 WEEK 5
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 1 2 3 4
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

400
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

WEEK 6 WEEK 7
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

401
                         
                         
                           
                           
                           
                           

WEEK 8
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             

402
             
             
             

DETAILED CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WEEK 1


TRADE OFF 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
BUILDING PERMIT              
MOBILIZATION              
STAKE OUT              
CLEARING AND GRUBBING              
EXCAVATION              
DEWATERING (IF NECESSARY)              
POURING OF FOUNDATION              
DAMPROOF OF WATERPOOF AND SETTING TILE              
CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS              
CONSTRUCT ROUGH FRAMING              
INSTALLATION OF HOLDOWN POST              
FRAME ADJUSTMENT              
BAR SPLICING              
WEB PENETRATION              
FLANGE PENETRATION              
INSTALLING OF LONGITUDINAL BAR              
BEAM AND COLUMN CONFINEMENT              
CONCRETE PLACEMENT              
POURING OF CONCRETE IN SHEAR WALL              
INSTALLING INSULATON              
COMPLETION OF DRY WALL              
PRIME AND PAINTING              

403
MOLDING AND TRIM              
CERTIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY              
MODIFICATIONS              
MOVING IN              

WEEK 2 WEEK 3
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

404
                           
                           

WEEK 4 WEEK 5
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 1 2 3 4
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

405
                           
WEEK 6 WEEK 7
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

WEEK 8 WEEK 9

406
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         

WEEK 10
       
       

407
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

408
APPENDIX A.3: FINAL ESTIMATES FOR SUSTAINABILITY (MAINTENANCE COST)
Maintenance Cost Over 15 years Computation
SMRF = Php 1,828,100
DS WITH IMRF = Php 1,926,400.00
DUAL SYSTEM = Php 1,905,700.00
SMRF

10 % Material Cost
Maintenance Cost =
15 years
10 %(1 Php1,828,100)
Maintenance Cost =
15 years
Maintenance Cost =Php 12200.00

DS W/ IMF

10 % Material Cost
Maintenance Cost =
15 years
10 %( Php 1,926,400.00)
Maintenance Cost =
15 years
Maintenance Cost =Php 12900.00

DS
10 % Material Cost
Maintenance Cost =
15 years
10 %( Php 1,905,700.00)
Maintenance Cost =
15 years
Maintenance Cost =Php 12750.00

409
APPENDIX A.4: FINAL ESTIMATES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (CO2 EMITTED)

The amount of CO2 produced per liter or gallon of fuel is fairly consistent, so you just need to know the
amount of fuel you used, the type of fuel and the number of miles or kilometers you’ve covered to calculate
the total CO2 emitted.
Diesel produces around 2.68kg per liter burned while petrol produces around 2.31kg per liter burned.

Total kilogram pf CO2 produced per km = (Amount of fuel used x Type of fuel used) / Distance Travelled

Tradeoff 1 (Special Moment RC Frame)


Type of fuel Amount of fuel CO2 Produced (kg) Total Distance Total kilogram of
used (L) Traveled(km) CO2 produced per
km
Diesel 25 67 3 35.94

Tradeoff 2 (Dual System with IMF)


Type of fuel Amount of fuel CO2 Produced (kg) Total Distance Total kilogram of
used (L) Traveled(km) CO2 produced per
km
Diesel 30 80.4 3 43.13

Tradeoff 3 (Dual System w/ Special moment RC frame)


Type of fuel Amount of fuel CO2 Produced (kg) Total Distance Total kilogram of
used (L) Traveled(km) CO2 produced per
km
Diesel 28 75.04 3 40.25

410
APPENDIX B.1: COMPUTATION OF BEAM (SMRF)
STRUCTURAL CONTEXT

Sr.No. Symbol Definitions


1 α = Angle formed with horizontal by diagonal reinforcement
Cross sectional area of structural member measures to the outside edge of transverse
2 Ach =
reinforcement in sqmm
3 Ag = Cross sectional area of concrete in sqmm
Total cross sectional area transverse reinforcement (including cross ties) within spacing S in
4 Ash =
sqmm
5 Avd = Area of diagonal reinforcement in coupler beam in sqmm
6 As = Area of Tension reinforcement required in sqmm
7 As,min = Minimum area of flexural reinforcement in sqmm
8 As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement in sqmm
9 Al = Area of longitudinal reinforcement required to resist torsion in sqmm
10 Al,face = Area of longitudinal reinforcement required on each face to resist torsion in sqmm
11 At = Area of one leg of a closed stirrup resisting torsion within spacing 's' in sqmm
12 AstPrv = Area of longitudinal reinforcement provided at given section in sqmm
13 Av = Area of shear reinforcement required per meter length in sqmm
14 Av,min = Minimum area of shear reinforcement as per clause 11.4.6.1 in sqmm
15 Al,min = Minimum area of longitudinal torsional reinforcement as per clause 11.5.5.3 in sqmm
16 Av Total Reqd = Total area of shear reinforcement required, including that for torsion in sqmm
17 Av Total Prv = Total area of shear reinforcement provided, including that for torsion in sqmm
18 Ao = Gross area enclosed by shear flow path in sqmm
Area enclosed by centerline of the outermost closed transverse torsional reinforcement sqmm,
19 Aoh =
as per clause 11.5.3.1
20 Ast = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section in sqmm
21 Asr = Area of Skin reinforcement calculated for given section in sqmm
Area of Compression reinforcement required for doubly reinforced section or if torsion exists in
22 Asc =
sqmm
23 b = Width of the Beam in mm

411
24 bw = Width of Web in mm
25 b' = C/C distance between longitudinal reinforcement along B in mm
26 bc = Oustside dimension of transverse reinforcement in mm
27 Cc = Effective Cover to tension reinforcement in mm
28 Cmin = Clear cover in mm
29 c' = Effective cover to reinforcement at compression face in mm
30 d = Effective depth of Beam in mm
31 d' = C/C distance between longitudinal reinforcement along D in mm
32 D = Depth of Beam in mm
33 Ec = Modulus of elasticity of concrete in N/sqmm
34 Es = Modulus of elasticity of steel in N/sqmm
35 fs = Calculated tensile stress in reinforcement at service loads, N/sqmm
36 Hf = Thickness of Flange in mm
37 hx = Maximum C/C horizontal spacing of hoops legs on all faces in mm
38 l = Effective Length of Beam in mm
39 Legs = Number of legs of the shear reinforcement
40 Mpr1 = Hogging moments of resistance of member at the joint faces in kNm
41 Mpr2 = Sagging moments of resistance of member at the joint faces in kNm
42 Mu = Factored Bending Moment at a section in kNm
43 Mubal = Nominal flexural strength of Singly Reinforced Section At Balance Neutral Axis in kNm
44 Ptmin = Minimum percentage steel as per clause 10.5
45 PtPrv = Provided percentage steel
46 Stirrup = Bar mark representing shear stirrup
47 S = spacing of confining links in mm
48 SCalc = Stirrup spacing calculated as per Asv in mm
49 Sprv = Stirrup spacing provided in mm
50 Tcr = Cracking torque under pure Torsion in kNm
51 Tu = Factored Torsional Moment at a section in kNm
52 Ve = Earthquake induced shear in kN
53 φVc = Nominal shear strength provided by concrete in kN

412
54 Vu = Factored Shear Force at a section in kN
55 Vu-A1(sway Left) = VD+Lleft - (Mpr1left + Mpr2right / L ) in kN
56 Vu-A2(sway Left) = VD+Lleft + (Mpr2left + Mpr1right / L ) in kN
57 Vu-B1(sway Right) = VDLRight - (Mpr1left + Mpr2right / L ) in kN
58 Vu-B2(sway Right) = VDLRight + (Mpr2left + Mpr1right / L ) in kN
59 Vud = Design Shear Force in kN
60 Vs = Nominal shear strength provided by shear reinforcement in kN
61 Vu sway = Max (Vu-A1,Vu-A2) & (Vu-B1,Vu-B2) in kN
62 Φ = Strength reduction factor
 
All Forces are In kN, kNm, Stress in N/sqmm & Dimension are in mm.
 
Code References
ACI 318M:2011
Sr.No. Item Clause / Table
1. Ptmax : 10.3.5
2. Ptmin : 10.5.1
3. Vc : 11.2
4. Asv : 11.4.7.2
5. Min Shear Reinf : 11.4.6
6. Max Stirrup Spacing : 11.4.5.1
7. Shear Reinf - Torsion : 11.5.3.5
8. Side Face Reinforcement : 10.6.7
9. Tcr : 11.5.1
                                
ACI 318M:2011 Chapter 21
Sr.No. Item Clause / Table
1. Ptmin : 21.5.2.1
2. Asmin : 21.5.2.1

413
3. Sclc : 21.5.3.1 & 21.5.3.2

Group : G2
Beam No : B4
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 25
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 300 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Special Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 165.6 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 330 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 198 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 46 38 48 40 48 38
Critical L/C - RCDC 11 3 13 5 13 3
Mu (kNm) 113.348 83.152 103.75 205.335 67.2 206.566
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 1044.92 733.79 942.54 1974.77 580.82 1986
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - 513.56 - 524.8
Tu (kNm) 0.569 0.534 0.63 0.665 0.631 0.534

414
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 1044.92 733.79 1057.9 1974.77 580.82 1986
AstPrv (sqmm) 1191.36 794.24 1191.36 2115.81 595.68 2115.81
4-#16 4-#16 4-#16 3-#25 3-#16 3-#25
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 3-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 3 3
PtPrv (%) 2.137 2.137 2.137
Vu (kN) 123.29 117.36 126.3
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 104.6 -
Vc (kN) 80.11 63.12 80.11

415
Vs (kN) 57.59 72.33 61.59
VD+L (kN) 58.53 58.29
Mh (kNm) 245.6 245.6
Ms (kNm) 168.05 168.05
Sway-Right (kN) 32.38 149.2
Sway-Left (kN) 149.44 32.62
Vu-Sway (kN) 149.44 149.2
Vud (kN) 149.44 149.2
Av (sqmm) 415.48 521.83 444.4
Tu (kNm) 0.67 0.53 0.53
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 415.48 521.83 444.4
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 666.999 521.831 664.706
SCalc (mm) 100 140 100
SPrv (mm) 100 140 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1012.57 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 300 mm
                Spc2 = 140 mm
  

416
 
     For Ductility (Special Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 6 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 95.4 mm
              Spc4 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc5 = 150 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 300 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G2
Beam No : B5
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 26
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 300 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011

417
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Special Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 165.6 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 330 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 198 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 46 38 48 40 48 38
Critical L/C - RCDC 11 3 13 5 13 3
Mu (kNm) 94.16 70.794 88.63 194.959 60.641 188.203
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 843.66 614.68 787.97 1880.11 519.86 1818.48
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - 418.91 - 357.28
Tu (kNm) 1.478 1.463 1.5 1.519 1.504 1.463
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 1057.9 614.68 958.62 1880.11 519.86 1818.48
AstPrv (sqmm) 1191.36 794.24 1191.36 2115.81 595.68 1917.25
4-#16 4-#16 4-#16 3-#25 3-#16 3-#25
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast

418
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 5 3
PtPrv (%) 2.137 2.137 1.937
Vu (kN) 118.44 109.5 118.11
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 99.55 -
Vc (kN) 80.11 62.92 77.57
Vs (kN) 51.11 62.1 54.04
VD+L (kN) 58.4 58.42
Mh (kNm) 245.6 232.83
Ms (kNm) 168.05 168.05
Sway-Right (kN) 29.71 146.53
Sway-Left (kN) 149.31 32.49
Vu-Sway (kN) 149.31 146.53
Vud (kN) 149.31 146.53
Av (sqmm) 368.74 448.06 389.92
Tu (kNm) 1.52 1.52 1.46

419
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 368.74 448.06 389.92
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 665.744 448.062 663.335
SCalc (mm) 100 140 100
SPrv (mm) 100 140 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1012.57 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 300 mm
                Spc2 = 140 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Special Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 6 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 95.4 mm
              Spc4 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc5 = 150 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    

420
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 300 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G2
Beam No : B6
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 27
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 300 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Special Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 165.6 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 330 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 198 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top

421
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 46 40 48 40 46 38
Critical L/C - RCDC 11 5 13 5 11 3
Mu (kNm) 85.003 72.873 93.47 187.319 57.247 186.055
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 752 634.42 836.62 1810.42 488.74 1798.89
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - 349.22 - 337.69
Tu (kNm) 1.445 1.549 1.51 1.549 1.445 1.406
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 958.62 634.42 958.62 1810.42 488.74 1798.89
AstPrv (sqmm) 1191.36 794.24 1191.36 1917.25 595.68 1917.25
4-#16 4-#16 4-#16 3-#25 3-#16 3-#25
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 

422
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 5 3
PtPrv (%) 1.937 1.937 1.937
Vu (kN) 118.42 109.49 115.73
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 91.92 -
Vc (kN) 77.57 62.74 77.57
Vs (kN) 54.47 62.33 50.87
VD+L (kN) 58.3 58.52
Mh (kNm) 232.83 232.83
Ms (kNm) 168.05 168.05
Sway-Right (kN) 29.8 146.62
Sway-Left (kN) 146.41 29.59
Vu-Sway (kN) 146.41 146.62
Vud (kN) 146.41 146.62
Av (sqmm) 392.99 449.72 367.03
Tu (kNm) 1.55 1.55 1.41
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 392.99 449.72 367.03
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 662.199 449.716 664.253
SCalc (mm) 100 140 100
SPrv (mm) 100 140 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1012.57 1417.6
 

423
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 300 mm
                Spc2 = 140 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Special Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 6 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 95.4 mm
              Spc4 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc5 = 150 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 300 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G8
Beam No : B22

424
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 116
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 300 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Special Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 165.6 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 330 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 198 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 41 47 39 47 45
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 6 12 4 12 10
Mu (kNm) 113.991 72.917 104.49 158.002 60.996 163.933
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 1051.89 634.84 950.36 1576.94 523.13 1656.65
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.607 0.455 0.77 0.921 0.77 0.518
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 1051.89 634.84 950.36 1576.94 523.13 1656.65

425
AstPrv (sqmm) 1191.36 794.24 1191.36 1719.12 595.68 1719.12
4-#16 4-#16 4-#16 3-#19 3-#16 3-#19
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16 3-#19 3-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 6
PtPrv (%) 1.736 0.802 1.736
Vu (kN) 110.81 90.33 116.68
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 56.63 -
Vc (kN) 75.05 58.46 75.05
Vs (kN) 47.68 42.5 55.51
VD+L (kN) 34.56 43.34
Mh (kNm) 217.98 217.98
Ms (kNm) 168.05 168.05
Sway-Right (kN) 143.3 65.4

426
Sway-Left (kN) 74.18 152.08
Vu-Sway (kN) 143.3 152.08
Vud (kN) 143.3 152.08
Av (sqmm) 344 306.62 400.5
Tu (kNm) 0.92 0.92 0.46
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 344 306.62 400.5
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 656.571 319.44 741.035
SCalc (mm) 100 140 100
SPrv (mm) 100 140 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1012.57 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 300 mm
                Spc2 = 140 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Special Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 6 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 95.4 mm
              Spc4 = d / 4 = 82 mm

427
              Spc5 = 150 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 300 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G8
Beam No : B23
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 104
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 300 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Special Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 165.6 kNm

428
As,min (flex) (B) : 330 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 198 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 41 47 39 47 41
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 6 12 4 12 6
Mu (kNm) 99.949 63.494 95.73 155.772 58.37 148.865
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 903.01 546.24 859.65 1547.63 499 1459.03
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.622 0.666 0.55 0.508 0.551 0.666
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 903.01 546.24 859.65 1547.64 499 1459.02
AstPrv (sqmm) 1191.36 794.24 1191.36 1719.12 595.68 1719.12
4-#16 4-#16 4-#16 3-#19 3-#16 3-#19
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16 3-#19 3-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement

429
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 6
PtPrv (%) 1.736 0.802 1.736
Vu (kN) 108.77 88.3 107.87
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 56.43 -
Vc (kN) 75.05 58.36 75.05
Vs (kN) 44.97 39.92 43.76
VD+L (kN) 39.61 38.28
Mh (kNm) 217.98 217.98
Ms (kNm) 168.05 168.05
Sway-Right (kN) 148.35 70.46
Sway-Left (kN) 69.13 147.02
Vu-Sway (kN) 148.35 147.02
Vud (kN) 148.35 147.02
Av (sqmm) 324.44 288.04 315.72
Tu (kNm) 0.51 0.51 0.67
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 324.44 288.04 315.72

430
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 705.203 300.614 692.403
SCalc (mm) 100 140 100
SPrv (mm) 100 140 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1012.57 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 300 mm
                Spc2 = 140 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Special Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 6 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 95.4 mm
              Spc4 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc5 = 150 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 300 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm

431
Torsion = 0.67 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided
Al Tor. (max) = 0 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))
= 226.66 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#13EF
Asr provided = 253.35 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 107.5 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm
        
  
  

Group : G8
Beam No : B24
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 92
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 300 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Special Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm

432
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 165.6 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 330 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 198 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 39 47 39 49 45
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 4 12 4 14 10
Mu (kNm) 101.126 79.547 121.44 161.528 67.522 163.706
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 915.21 698.6 1133.98 1624 583.84 1653.55
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 1.804 1.756 1.81 1.756 1.804 1.802
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 915.21 698.6 1133.98 1624 583.84 1653.55
AstPrv (sqmm) 1191.36 794.24 1191.36 1719.12 595.68 1719.12
4-#16 4-#16 4-#16 3-#19 3-#16 3-#19
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16 3-#19 3-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,

433
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 6
PtPrv (%) 1.736 0.802 1.736
Vu (kN) 117.44 96.97 111.96
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 53.52 -
Vc (kN) 75.05 59.18 75.05
Vs (kN) 56.53 50.38 49.22
VD+L (kN) 43.06 34.84
Mh (kNm) 217.98 217.98
Ms (kNm) 168.05 168.05
Sway-Right (kN) 151.8 73.9
Sway-Left (kN) 65.68 143.58
Vu-Sway (kN) 151.8 143.58
Vud (kN) 151.8 143.58
Av (sqmm) 407.83 363.49 355.11
Tu (kNm) 1.76 1.76 1.85
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0

434
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 407.83 363.49 355.11
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 738.336 378.048 659.27
SCalc (mm) 100 140 100
SPrv (mm) 100 140 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1012.57 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 300 mm
                Spc2 = 140 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Special Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 6 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 95.4 mm
              Spc4 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc5 = 150 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 300 mm

435
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000

APPENDIX B.2: COMPUTATION OF COLUMN(SMRF)


Definitions Of Terms:
All forces in units kN and m
All reinforcement details like area, spacing in mm
Neutral axis angle for resultant design moment is with respect to local major axis.
Ratio to account for reduction of stiffness of columns due to sustained
1 βdns =
axial loads
2 δns = Moment magnification factor for frames not braced against sidesway
First-order relative deflection between the top and bottom of the story
3 Δo =
due to Vu in mm
Total factored vertical load in the story corresponding to the lateral
4 ∑Pu =
loading case for which ∑Pu is greatest, kN (Clause 10.10.5)
5 δu = Design displacement in mm
Modification factor reflecting the reduced mechanical properties of
6 λ =
lightweight concrete

436
7 Φ = Strength reduction factor
Coefficient defining the relative contribution of concrete strength to
8 ac =
nominal wall shear strength
Cross-sectional area of a structural member measured to the outside
9 Ach =
edges of transverse reinforcement in sqmm
Gross area of concrete section bounded by web thickness and length
10 Acv =
of section in the direction of shear force considered in sqmm
Effective cross-sectional area within a joint in a plane parallel to plane
11 Aj =
of reinforcement generating shear in the joint in sqmm
12 As = Area of non-prestressed longitudinal tension reinforcement in sqmm
13 Avmin = Minimum area of shear reinforcement within spacing 's' in sqmm
14 B = Width of column/ wall in mm
15 B' = width of beam along B / column width in mm
Cross-sectional dimension of member core measured to the outside
16 bc =
edges of the transverse reinforcement composing area Ash in mm
17 c = Distance from extreme compression fiber to neutral axis in mm
18 Cc = Clear cover of reinforcement in mm
Factor relating actual moment diagram to an equivalent uniform
19 Cm =
moment diagram
20 D = Depth / diameter of column in mm
21 D' =
Distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of longitudinal
22 d =
tension reinforcement in mm
Distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of longitudinal
23 d' =
compression reinforcement,mm
24 Ec = Modulus of elasticity of concrete in N/sqmm
25 EI = Flexural stiffness of compression member in N-sqmm
26 f'c = Specified strength of concrete cylinder in N/sqmm
27 fy = Specified yield strength of reinforcement in N/sqmm
28 fyt = Specified yield strength fy of transverse reinforcement in N/sqmm
29 hw = Height of entire wall from base to top, or clear height of wall segment or

437
wall pier considered in mm
30 k = Effective length factor for compression member
31 lc = Length of compression member in a frame in mm
Moment of inertia of gross concrete section about centroidal axis
32 lg =
neglecting reinforcement in mm4
33 lw = Length of entire wall in mm
34 lux = Un-supported length for compression member along D in mm
35 luy = Un-supported length for compression member along B in mm
36 MCap = Moment capacity of section for NA angle at design Pu in kNm
37 MRes = Resultant design moment at angle to local major axis in kNm
Factored moment amplified for the effects of member curvature used
38 Mc =
for design of compression member in kNm
Factored moment modified to account for effect of axial compression in
39 mm =
kNm
40 Mux = Factored moment at section along D in kNm (From Analysis)
41 Muy = Factored moment at section along B in kNm (From Analysis)
42 M1 = Smaller factored end moment on a compression member in kNm
Factored end moment on a compression member at the end at which
43 M1ns =
M1 acts, due to loads that cause no appreciable sidesway in kNm
Factored end moment on compression member at the end at which M1
44 M1s =
acts, due to loads that cause appreciable sidesway in kNm
Smaller factored end moment on a compression member due to
45 M1sldr =
slenderness effect in kNm
46 M2 = Larger factored end moment on compression member in kNm
47 M2min = Minimum value of M2
Factored end moment on compression member at the end at which M2
48 M2ns =
acts, due to loads that cause no appreciable sidesway in kNm
Factored end moment on compression member at the end at which M2
49 M2s =
acts, due to loads that cause appreciable sidesway in kNm
Largest factored end moment on a compression member due to
50 M2sldr =
slenderness effect in kNm

438
51 Mnb = Flexure Capacity for Beam
52 Mnc = Flexure Capacity for Column
53 Mnty = Flexure strength at top along column depth, kNm
54 Mnby = Flexure strength at bottom along column depth, kNm
55 Mntx = Flexure strength at top along column width, kNm
56 Mnbx = Flexure strength at bottom along column width, kNm
Factored axial force normal to cross section occurring simultaneously
57 Nu =
with Vu in kN
58 Pc = Critical buckling load in kN
Ratio of area of distributed transverse reinforcement to gross concrete
59 pt =
area perpendicular to that reinforcement
60 Pω = Ratio of As to B x d
61 Q = Stability index for storey
62 r = Radius of gyration of cross section of a compression member in mm
63 Vc = Nominal shear strength provided by concrete in kN
64 Vj = Shear Force acting at the joint in kN
65 Vn = Nominal shear strength in kN
66 Vn' = Nominal shear strength in kN
67 Vus = Factored horizontal shear in a storey of section in kN
68 Vux = Factored shear at section along D in kN (From Analysis)
69 Vux1 = Shear induced due to column flexural capacity along width, kN
70 Vux2 = Shear due to enhanced earthquake factor along width, kN
71 Vuy = Factored shear at section along B in kN (From Analysis)
72 Vuy1 = Shear induced due to column flexural capacity along depth, kN
73 Vuy2 = Shear due to enhanced earthquake factor along depth, kN
74 β = It is a Neutral Axis angle corresponding to load angle to find out MCap
75 φ = Strength Reduction Factor

Code References:
ACI 318M-2011

439
Sr.No Element Clause / table
1 Minimum area of longitudinal reinforcement for column : 21.6.3
2 Maximum area of longitudinal reinforcement for column : 21.6.3
3 Minimum longitudinal and transverse reinforcement for wall : 21.9.2.1
4 Minimum diameter of transverse ties : 7.10.5
5 Minimum spacing of transverse ties : 7.10.5
Maximum spacing of longitudinal and transverse
6 : 21.9.2.1
reinforcement for wall
7 Applicability of boundary element : 21.9.6
8 Area and spacing of special confining reinforcement : 21.6.4
9 Slenderness Moments : 10.10
10 Shear Strength provided by concrete for column : 11.2
11 Design of shear for non-ductile wall : 11.9
12 Design of shear for ductile wall : 21.9.4
13 Minimum Flexural Strength of Columns : 21.6.2.2
14 Shear Check at Column Joint : 21.7.4.1
15 Shear Strength of Column : 21.3.3 & 21.5.4
 
 

Sway Calculation (Stability Index)


For Global-X Direction
Level Load Name Story Height Gravity Load P Relative Story Shear Stability Index Sway Condition
(m) (kN) Displacements (mm) (kN)
A B C D B x C / (A x D)
LOAD 1: EQ
0m to 2m 2 7421.55 3.401 1527.443 0.008 Non Sway
X
LOAD 1: EQ
2m to 5.5m 3.5 5806.09 13.183 1386.367 0.016 Non Sway
X
5.5m to 8.5m LOAD 1: EQ 3 2690.636 7.752 768.459 0.009 Non Sway

440
X

For Global-Y Direction


Level Load Name Story Height Gravity Load P Relative Story Shear Stability Index Sway Condition
(m) (kN) Displacements (mm) (kN)
A B C D B x C / (A x D)
LOAD 2: EQ
0m to 2m 2 7421.55 3.092 1527.443 0.008 Non Sway
Z
LOAD 2: EQ
2m to 5.5m 3.5 5806.09 12.06 1386.367 0.014 Non Sway
Z
LOAD 2: EQ
5.5m to 8.5m 3 2690.636 6.838 768.459 0.008 Non Sway
Z

General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Special
Column B = 450 mm
Column D = 450 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 1600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

441
Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 31
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 49
Load Combination = [14] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 184.83 kN
Muxt = 1.44 kNm
Muyt = 46.8 kNm
Vuxt = 150.55 kN
Vuyt = 2.37 kN
Pub = 191.32 kN
Muxb = 6.17 kNm
Muyb = -254.22 kNm
Vuxb = 150.55 kN
Vuyb = 2.37 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 170.859 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 170.859 5000 x 300 x 400 No Beam 32 - 8.39

442
Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway
Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 170.859 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 170.859 4000 x 300 x 400 4000 x 300 x 400 40 40 3.356

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.008
0.008< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.008
0.008< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 129.9 mm
Kluy /r = 10.72

443
M1 = 1.44 kNm
M2 = 6.17 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 31.19
10.72 < 31.19, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 129.9 mm
Klux /r = 10.72
M1 = 46.8 kNm
M2 = -254.22 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 36.21
10.72 < 36.21, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 1.44 - 1.44
Major Axis Mux (bottom) 6.17 - 6.17
Minor Axis Muy (top) 46.8 - 46.8
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -254.22 - -254.22

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 191.32 kN
444
Mux = 6.17 kNm
Muy = -254.22 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 2.4
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#32 + 8-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 88.61 deg
MRes = 254.3 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 415.25 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.612 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 46
Critical Load Combination = [11] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X) kN
Nu = 56.82 kN
Muy = 27.24 kNm
Vuy = 92.0121 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 394 mm
ρw = 0.012
mm = 17.25 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 190.04 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 

445
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 440.77 kN
Mux = 49 kNm
Vux = -152.1825 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 394 mm
ρw = 0.012
mm = 28.46 kNm
Vcx Permissible = 328.35 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 8 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 225 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:

446
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 6 = 96 mm
B/4 = 112.5 mm
So = 191.67 mm
Spacing = 150 mm
Provided Spacing = 75 mm
 
Special confining reinforcement as per ACI
Along D
No of bars along D = 4
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 202500 sqmm
dc2 = 390 mm
Ach = 152100 sqmm
AshD = 173.08 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 4
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 202500 sqmm
bc2 = 390 mm
Ach = 152100 sqmm
AshB = 173.08 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 225 --- 75 225 75

447
 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Special
Column B = 450 mm
Column D = 450 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 3100 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 35
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 47
Load Combination = [12] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 150.17 kN
Muxt = 13.37 kNm
Muyt = -228.25 kNm
Vuxt = -133.72 kN
Vuyt = -6.49 kN
Pub = 161.53 kN

448
Muxb = -9.33 kNm
Muyb = 239.63 kNm
Vuxb = -133.72 kN
Vuyb = -6.49 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 97.634 5000 x 300 x 400 No Beam 32 - 8.39
Top 97.634 5000 x 300 x 400 No Beam 32 - 6.611

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 97.634 4000 x 300 x 400 4000 x 300 x 400 40 40 3.356
Top 97.634 4000 x 300 x 400 4000 x 300 x 400 40 40 2.644

449
Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway
Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.016
0.016< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.014
0.014< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 129.9 mm
Kluy /r = 23.86
M1 = -9.33 kNm
M2 = 13.37 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 42.37
23.86 < 42.37, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 129.9 mm
Klux /r = 23.86
M1 = -228.25 kNm
M2 = 239.63 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 45.43

450
23.86 < 45.43, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 13.37 - 13.37
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -9.33 - -9.33
Minor Axis Muy (top) -228.25 - -228.25
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 239.63 - 239.63

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 161.53 kN
Mux = -9.33 kNm
Muy = 239.63 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 2.4
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#32 + 8-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 87.77 deg
MRes = 239.81 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 410.78 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap

451
= 0.584 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 235.61 kN
Muy = 115.8 kNm
Vuy = 74.2114 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 394 mm
ρw = 0.012
mm = 74.39 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 150.98 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 45
Critical Load Combination = [10] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z) kN
Nu = 293.79 kN
Mux = 225.14 kNm
Vux = 132.0474 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 394 mm
ρw = 0.012
mm = 173.51 kNm

452
Vcx Permissible = 150.21 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 8 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 225 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 6 = 96 mm
B/4 = 112.5 mm
So = 191.67 mm
Spacing = 150 mm
Provided Spacing = 75 mm
 
Special confining reinforcement as per ACI
Along D
No of bars along D = 4
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 202500 sqmm

453
dc2 = 390 mm
Ach = 152100 sqmm
AshD = 173.08 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 4
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 202500 sqmm
bc2 = 390 mm
Ach = 152100 sqmm
AshB = 173.08 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 225 --- 75 225 75

 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Special
Column B = 450 mm
Column D = 450 mm

454
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 39
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
Load Combination = [4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Top Joint
Put = 131.74 kN
Muxt = 53.35 kNm
Muyt = -166.69 kNm
Vuxt = -86.07 kN
Vuyt = -32.19 kN
Pub = 152.07 kN
Muxb = -43.18 kNm
Muyb = 91.45 kNm
Vuxb = -86.07 kN
Vuyb = -32.19 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x

455
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 113.906 5000 x 300 x 400 No Beam 32 - 6.611
Top 113.906 5000 x 300 x 400 No Beam 32 - 3.56

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 113.906 4000 x 300 x 400 4000 x 300 x 400 40 40 2.644
Top 113.906 4000 x 300 x 400 4000 x 300 x 400 40 40 1.424

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.009
0.009< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.008
0.008< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

456
Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 129.9 mm
Kluy /r = 20.01
M1 = -43.18 kNm
M2 = 53.35 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 43.71
20.01 < 43.71, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 129.9 mm
Klux /r = 20.01
M1 = 91.45 kNm
M2 = -166.69 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 40.58
20.01 < 40.58, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 53.35 - 53.35
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -43.18 - -43.18
Minor Axis Muy (top) -166.69 - -166.69
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 91.45 - 91.45

Where

457
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 131.74 kN
Mux = 53.35 kNm
Muy = -166.69 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 2.4
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#32 + 8-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 72.25 deg
MRes = 175.02 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 379.91 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.461 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 44
Critical Load Combination = [9] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X) kN
Nu = 169.58 kN
Muy = 43.91 kNm
Vuy = -56.3209 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65

458
deff = 394 mm
ρw = 0.012
mm = 14.11 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 160.14 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 45
Critical Load Combination = [10] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z) kN
Nu = 136.35 kN
Mux = 82.89 kNm
Vux = 79.2514 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 394 mm
ρw = 0.012
mm = 58.93 kNm
Vcx Permissible = 155.48 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 8 mm

459
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 225 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 6 = 96 mm
B/4 = 112.5 mm
So = 191.67 mm
Spacing = 150 mm
Provided Spacing = 75 mm
 
Special confining reinforcement as per ACI
Along D
No of bars along D = 4
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 202500 sqmm
dc2 = 390 mm
Ach = 152100 sqmm
AshD = 173.08 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 4
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 202500 sqmm
bc2 = 390 mm
Ach = 152100 sqmm
AshB = 173.08 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 

460
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 225 --- 75 225 75

APPENDIX B.3: COMPUTAION OF SLAB(SMRF)


Definitions Of Terms: :
1. αf = Ratio of flexural stiffness of beam section to flexural stiffness of slab.
Ratio of torsional stiffness of edge beam section to flexural stiffness of
2. βt =
slab.

461
3. Φt = Strength reduction factor.
4. As = Area of Tension reinforcement required in sqmm.
5. As,min = Min area of flexural reinforcement in sqmm.
6. AstPrv = Area of longitudinal reinforcement provided at given section in sqmm.
Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section in
7. Ast =
sqmm.
8. b = Width of the Slab in mm.
9. B1 to B4 = Width of beams around slab in mm.
10. Cc = Effective Cover to tension reinforcement in mm.
11. deff = Effective depth of slab in mm.
12. D1 to D4 = Depth of beams around slab.
13. Mu = Factored Bending Moment at a section in kNm.
14. Ptmin = Minimum percentage steel as per clause 10.
15. PtPrv = Provided percentage steel.
16. Vc = Nominal shear strength provided by concrete in kN.
17. Vu = Factored Shear Force at a section in kN.
18. Vud = Design Shear Force in kN.
Length of clear span in direction that moment are being determined in
19. Ln =
mm.
20. L2 = Length of adjacent span of Ln in mm.
21. lb1 to lb2 = Moment of inertia of beams around slab in mm 4.
22. CA and CB = cross-sectional constant to define torsional properties of slab and beam.

 
    

Design Code = ACI 318 - 2011


Grade Of Concrete = C20
Grade Of Steel = Fy420
Clear Cover = 20.000 mm

462
Long Span, Ly = 5.000 m
Short Span, Lx = 4.000 m
Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
Live Load, Qk = 2.400 kN/sqm
Slab Thickness = 150.000 mm
Effective Depth Along LX, Deffx = 125.000 mm
Effective Depth Along LY, Deffy = 115.000 mm
Self Weight = 3.750 kN/sqm
Total Load, TL (ultimate) = 11.404 kN/sqm
Span = 2-Way
Load Combination = 1.2 DL + 1.6 LL
 
Short Span Long Span
Side1 Side2 Side1 Side2
Beam
        B (mm) 300 300 300 300
        D (mm) 400 400 400 400
        Ib (mm4)    x106 1600 1600 1600 1600
Adjacent Slab
        Thk (mm) - 150 150 -
        Span (mm) - 5000 5000 -
        Ib (mm4)    x106 562.5 1265.62 1406.25 703.12
αf lx, αf ly 2.84 1.26 1.14 2.28
αf 1.88
Ln (mm) 3700 4700
L2 (mm) 2650 2150
Total BM (kNm) 51.71 67.7
Bottom

463
        Moment Coefficent 0.57 0.57
        Distributed Moment (kNm) 29.48 38.59
        CS Moment (kNm) 19.9 26.05
        MS Moment (kNm) 9.58 12.54
        Moment on Beam (kNm) 16.91 22.14
        Design Moment M1, M3 (kNm) 2.98 3.91
Top
        Moment Coefficent 0.7 0.7
        Distributed Moment (kNm) 36.2 47.39
        CS Moment (kNm) 24.43 31.99
        MS Moment (kNm) 11.76 15.4
        Moment on Beam (kNm) 20.77 27.19
        Design Moment M2, M4 (kNm) 3.671 4.8
Design Moments:
Short Span Positive Moment At Midspan -
M1 = 2.984 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 63.563 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Short Span Negative Moment At Continuous Support -
M2 = 3.665 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 78.174 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Long Span Positive Moment At Midspan -
M3 = 3.907 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 90.766 kN/sqmm

464
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Long Span Negative Moment At Continuous Support -
M4 = 4.798 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 111.721 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Distribution Reinforcement @ 0.18% -
Area Of Reinforcement = 225.000 sqmm
Required
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
= 284.000 kN/sqmm
Shear Check :
Along Short Span
Vsx (TL(ultimate) x Lx / 4) = 11.404 kN
Nominal Shear, Vc = 95.033 kN
 > 11.404 Slab Is Safe In Shear
Along Long Span
Vsy (TL(ultimate) x Lx / 2 x (1 - = 13.684 kN
(Lx / (2 x Ly))))
Nominal Shear, Vc = 87.430 kN
 > 13.684 Slab Is Safe In Shear

465
APPENDIX B.4: COMPUTATION OF BEAM (DS W/ IMF)

Group : G3
Beam No : B3
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 25
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Intermediate Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm

466
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 38 37 - 40 42 38
Critical L/C - RCDC 3 2 - 5 7 3
Mu (kNm) 30.772 59.877 - 20.716 16.456 122.382
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 256.54 520.59 - 170.43 134.64 1194.88
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 4.407 3.865 - 3.42 4.171 4.407
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 - 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) 305.88 323.27 - 337.54 313.48 305.88
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) 141.33 123.95 - 109.67 133.74 141.33
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) 58.82 62.17 - 64.91 60.28 58.82
Ast (sqmm) 315.36 582.76 470.18 275 253.4 1253.7
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 595.68 595.68 397.12 397.12 1410.54
2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25
Reinforcement
2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)

467
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 4
PtPrv (%) 0.481 1.71 1.71
Vu (kN) 49.86 77.79 86.17
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 34.36 -
Vc (kN) 49.34 57.71 62.26
Vs (kN) 0.7 26.77 31.88
VD+L (kN) 58.38 56.08
Mh (kNm) 51.77 154.21
Ms (kNm) 51.77 75.2
Sway-Right (kN) 14.08 100.38
Sway-Left (kN) 85.68 28.78
Vu-Sway (kN) 85.68 100.38
Vu (2*Eq Comb) (kN) 58.24 95.16
Vud (kN) 85.68 100.38
Av (sqmm) 371.32 559.48 596.34
Tu (kNm) 5.83 5.83 5.83
Ao= Φ*Aoh 44550 44550 44550
At (sqmm) 366.3 366.3 366.3

468
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 366.3 366.3 366.3
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 371.32 559.48 596.34
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 371.32 559.479 721.643
SCalc (mm) 100 125 100
SPrv (mm) 100 125 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
       For Torsion                                 
                (X1 = 180, Y1 = 330)
                Spc3 = X1 = 180 mm
                Spc4=(X1+Y1)/4 = 125 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Intermediate Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc5 = 8 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 127.2 mm
              Spc6 = 24 x ∅sv = 228 mm
              Spc7 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc8 = 300 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    

469
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Torsion = 5.83 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided
Al Tor. (max) = 337.54 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))
= 209.82 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#13EF
Asr provided = 253.35 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 113.95 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm
        
  
  

Group : G3
Beam No : B4

470
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 26
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Intermediate Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis - 37 - 40 48 38
Critical L/C - RCDC - 2 - 5 13 3
Mu (kNm) - 39.648 - 99.871 13.047 102.271
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) - 334.61 - 930.19 106.29 957
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) - 0.466 - 0.281 0.583 1.467
Tcr/4 (kNm) - 2.14 - 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 470.18 334.61 323.39 930.19 138.17 957

471
AstPrv (sqmm) 595.68 397.12 397.12 1410.54 397.12 1410.54
3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#25
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 1 3
PtPrv (%) 1.71 1.71 1.71
Vu (kN) 78.67 53.04 80.09
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 17.98 -
Vc (kN) 62.26 61.79 62.26
Vs (kN) 21.89 - 23.78
VD+L (kN) 57.28 57.19
Mh (kNm) 154.21 154.21
Ms (kNm) 75.2 51.77
Sway-Right (kN) 7.41 107.06

472
Sway-Left (kN) 102.05 12.41
Vu-Sway (kN) 102.05 107.06
Vu (2*Eq Comb) (kN) 85.5 86.91
Vud (kN) 102.05 107.06
Av (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Tu (kNm) 0.28 0.6 1.47
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 382.836 208.333 430.965
SCalc (mm) 100 125 100
SPrv (mm) 100 125 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Intermediate Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 8 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 127.2 mm

473
              Spc4 = 24 x ∅sv = 228 mm
              Spc5 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc6 = 300 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G3
Beam No : B5
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 27
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Intermediate Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm

474
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis - 38 38 40 44 37
Critical L/C - RCDC - 3 3 5 9 2
Mu (kNm) - 54.723 20.41 114.035 14.704 25.26
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) - 472.07 167.8 1093.08 120.03 209.05
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) - 3.183 3.18 5.283 5.023 4.191
Tcr/4 (kNm) - 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - 340.96 340.96 277.8 286.16 312.83
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - 102.06 102.06 169.41 161.06 134.38
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - 65.57 65.57 53.42 55.03 60.16
Ast (sqmm) 470.18 537.64 275 1146.51 227.58 282.11
AstPrv (sqmm) 595.68 595.68 397.12 1410.54 397.12 397.12
3-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16
Reinforcement
2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,

475
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 4
PtPrv (%) 1.71 0.481 0.481
Vu (kN) 84.25 64.53 51.78
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 5.04 -
Vc (kN) 62.26 49.34 49.34
Vs (kN) 29.32 20.26 3.26
VD+L (kN) 56.26 58.21
Mh (kNm) 154.21 51.77
Ms (kNm) 75.2 51.77
Sway-Right (kN) 28.95 85.51
Sway-Left (kN) 100.55 13.91
Vu-Sway (kN) 100.55 85.51
Vu (2*Eq Comb) (kN) 88.47 56.5
Vud (kN) 100.55 85.51
Av (sqmm) 586.55 521.17 398.57
Tu (kNm) 5.96 5.96 5.96
Ao= Φ*Aoh 44550 44550 44550
At (sqmm) 375.03 375.03 375.03
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10

476
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 375.028 375.028 375.028
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 586.55 521.17 398.57
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 712.046 521.171 405.864
SCalc (mm) 100 125 100
SPrv (mm) 100 125 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
       For Torsion                                 
                (X1 = 180, Y1 = 330)
                Spc3 = X1 = 180 mm
                Spc4=(X1+Y1)/4 = 125 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Intermediate Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc5 = 8 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 127.2 mm
              Spc6 = 24 x ∅sv = 228 mm
              Spc7 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc8 = 300 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm

477
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Torsion = 5.96 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided
Al Tor. (max) = 340.96 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))
= 209.82 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#13EF
Asr provided = 253.35 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 113.95 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm
        
  
  

Group : G9
Beam No : B17
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 115
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm

478
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Intermediate Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 37 47 39 49 41
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 2 12 4 14 6
Mu (kNm) 13.619 26.686 4.67 51.955 9.866 63.059
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 111.03 221.26 37.62 446.33 80.05 550.98
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.287 0.901 0.5 0.994 0.287 0.78
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 144.34 275 264.75 446.34 107.25 550.98
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 397.12 397.12 573.04 397.12 573.04
Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#19
 

479
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 1 1 1
PtPrv (%) 0.695 0.481 0.695
Vu (kN) 38.52 31.71 43.63
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 2.82 -
Vc (kN) 51.58 49.34 51.58
Vs (kN) - - -
VD+L (kN) 34.69 43.19
Mh (kNm) 72.61 72.61
Ms (kNm) 51.77 51.77
Sway-Right (kN) 69.24 8.64
Sway-Left (kN) 0.14 77.74
Vu-Sway (kN) 69.24 77.74
Vu (2*Eq Comb) (kN) 61.46 66.84
Vud (kN) 69.24 77.74

480
Av (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Tu (kNm) 0.81 0.81 0.81
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 251.666
SCalc (mm) 100 125 100
SPrv (mm) 100 125 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Intermediate Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 8 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 127.2 mm
              Spc4 = 24 x ∅sv = 228 mm
              Spc5 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc6 = 300 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    

481
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G9
Beam No : B18
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 103
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Intermediate Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 

482
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 41 - 39 45 41
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 6 - 4 10 6
Mu (kNm) 11.998 20.646 - 55.443 16.329 73.234
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 97.61 169.83 - 478.8 133.57 650.44
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.55 0.876 - 0.343 0.859 0.876
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 - 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 126.9 220.78 528.82 478.8 173.65 650.44
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 397.12 595.68 573.04 397.12 1586.46
2-#16 2-#16 3-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#25
Reinforcement
2-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered

483
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 1 1 1
PtPrv (%) 0.695 0.481 1.923
Vu (kN) 36.69 33.53 45.45
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 5.52 -
Vc (kN) 51.58 49.34 64.5
Vs (kN) - - -
VD+L (kN) 31.74 46.14
Mh (kNm) 72.61 167.65
Ms (kNm) 51.77 75.2
Sway-Right (kN) 92.69 14.81
Sway-Left (kN) 9.31 87.19
Vu-Sway (kN) 92.69 87.19
Vu (2*Eq Comb) (kN) 59.47 68.63
Vud (kN) 92.69 87.19
Av (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Tu (kNm) 0.58 0.58 0.58
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 395.499 208.333 218.304
SCalc (mm) 100 125 100

484
SPrv (mm) 100 125 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1134.08 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Intermediate Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc3 = 8 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 127.2 mm
              Spc4 = 24 x ∅sv = 228 mm
              Spc5 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc6 = 300 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000

485
  

Group : G9
Beam No : B19
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 91
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Ductile Beam (Intermediate Frame)
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis - 41 40 39 39 -
Critical L/C - RCDC - 6 5 4 4 -
Mu (kNm) - 43.634 46.35 152.063 60.553 -
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) - 370.34 394.9 1471.86 527.02 -
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - 254.19 - -
Tu (kNm) - 11.704 14.95 11.654 11.654 -

486
Tcr/4 (kNm) - 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 -
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - 71.9 32.16 73.51 73.51 -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - 375.31 479.37 373.7 373.7 -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - 72.17 92.19 71.87 71.87 -
Ast (sqmm) 528.82 442.51 487.09 1543.73 598.89 317.29
AstPrv (sqmm) 595.68 595.68 595.68 1586.46 794.24 397.12
3-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16
Reinforcement
2-#19 2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 5 5
PtPrv (%) 1.923 0.963 0.722
Vu (kN) 94.01 80.72 14.38
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 54.81 -
Vc (kN) 64.5 49.2 51.87

487
Vs (kN) 39.35 42.04 -
VD+L (kN) 114.36 36.48
Mh (kNm) 167.65 51.77
Ms (kNm) 75.2 75.2
Sway-Right (kN) 149.14 71.27
Sway-Left (kN) 47.83 30.05
Vu-Sway (kN) 149.14 71.27
Vu (2*Eq Comb) (kN) 98.2 8
Vud (kN) 149.14 71.27
Av (sqmm) 1223.84 1243.25 939.94
Tu (kNm) 14.95 14.95 14.95
Ao= Φ*Aoh 44550 44550 44550
At (sqmm) 939.94 939.94 939.94
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 939.94 939.94 939.94
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 1223.84 1243.25 939.94
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 1376.449 1243.249 939.94
SCalc (mm) 100 110 110
SPrv (mm) 100 110 100
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1417.6 1288.73 1417.6
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm

488
       For Torsion                                 
                (X1 = 180, Y1 = 330)
                Spc3 = X1 = 180 mm
                Spc4=(X1+Y1)/4 = 125 mm
  
 
     For Ductility (Intermediate Frames)        
       Left Section,  Right Section
              Spc5 = 8 x Small Longitudinal Dia = 127.2 mm
              Spc6 = 24 x ∅sv = 228 mm
              Spc7 = d / 4 = 82 mm
              Spc8 = 300 mm
             Provided Spacing = 100 mm
    
       Mid Section
              Provided Spacing = 165 mm
    
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Torsion = 14.95 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided
Al Tor. (max) = 479.37 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))
= 295 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#16EF

489
Asr provided = 397.11 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 113.95 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm

APPENDIX B.5: COMPUTATION OF SHEAR WALL / COLUMN (DS W/ IMF)


Sway Calculation (Stability Index)
For Global-X Direction
Level Load Name Story Height Gravity Load P Relative Story Shear Stability Index Sway Condition
(m) (kN) Displacements (mm) (kN)
A B C D B x C / (A x D)
LOAD 1: EQ
0m to 2m 2 7721.609 0.91 2088.828 0.002 Non Sway
X
LOAD 1: EQ
2m to 5.5m 3.5 6050.522 3.274 1890.941 0.003 Non Sway
X
LOAD 1: EQ
5.5m to 8.5m 3 2799.534 3.135 1033.441 0.003 Non Sway
X

For Global-Y Direction


Level Load Name Story Height Gravity Load P Relative Story Shear Stability Index Sway Condition
(m) (kN) Displacements (mm) (kN)
A B C D B x C / (A x D)
LOAD 2: EQ
0m to 2m 2 7721.609 0.532 2088.828 0.001 Non Sway
Z
LOAD 2: EQ
2m to 5.5m 3.5 6050.522 2.013 1890.941 0.002 Non Sway
Z
LOAD 2: EQ
5.5m to 8.5m 3 2799.534 2.039 1033.441 0.002 Non Sway
Z

490
General Data
Wall No. : C2
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 5000 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 1600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 140
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 46
Load Combination = [11] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 459.22 kN
Muxt = 10489.18 kNm
Muyt = -2.66 kNm
Vuxt = -1.42 kN
Vuyt = 2191.15 kN
Pub = 507.3 kN
Muxb = 14870.33 kNm
Muyb = 0.17 kNm

491
Vuxb = -1.42 kN
Vuyb = 2191.15 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 12.66 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 12.66 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M

492
Bottom 156250 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 156250 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1753.827

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 562.5 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 562.5 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 8.839

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.001
0.001< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D

493
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 1443.38 mm
Kluy /r = 0.96
M1 = 10489.18 kNm
M2 = 14870.33 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 25.54
0.96 < 25.54, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 16.07
M1 = 0.17 kNm
M2 = -2.66 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 34.77
16.07 < 34.77, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 10489.18 - 10489.18
Major Axis Mux (bottom) 14870.33 - 14870.33
Minor Axis Muy (top) -2.66 - -2.66
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 0.17 - 0.17

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect

494
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 507.3 kN
Mux = 14870.33 kNm
Muy = 0.17 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.34
Reinforcement Provided = 36-#19 + 34-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0 deg
MRes = 14870.33 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 16913.09 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.879 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 700 mm
Ast provided in BE = 20056.48 mm2
δu = 0.91 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 5000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 1190.48 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
Critical Load Combination = [4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25 kN

495
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 1067.89 kN
Muy = 60.99 kNm
Vuy = 13.67 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 4940.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 6150.92
Vcy = 6086.84 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 1088.85 kN
Mux = 0.26 kNm
Vux = 2.78 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 240.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 4990.38
Vcx = 5486.84 kN

496
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 1000 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 150 300 150

 
General Data
Wall No. : C2
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm

497
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 5000 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 3100 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 141
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 46
Load Combination = [11] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 313.29 kN
Muxt = 2921.4 kNm
Muyt = -3.29 kNm
Vuxt = -1.4 kN
Vuyt = 2167.84 kN
Pub = 397.44 kN
Muxb = 10506.82 kNm
Muyb = 1.6 kNm
Vuxb = -1.4 kN
Vuyb = 2167.84 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress

498
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 12.66 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (5.5m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 9.05 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 89285.714 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1753.827
Top 89285.714 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1381.803

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

499
Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 321.429 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 8.839
Top 321.429 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 6.964

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1443.38 mm
Kluy /r = 2.15
M1 = 2921.4 kNm
M2 = 10506.82 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 30.66

500
2.15 < 30.66, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 35.8
M1 = 1.6 kNm
M2 = -3.29 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 39.84
35.8 < 39.84, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 2921.4 - 2921.4
Major Axis Mux (bottom) 10506.82 - 10506.82
Minor Axis Muy (top) -3.29 - -3.29
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 1.6 - 1.6

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 397.44 kN
Mux = 10506.82 kNm
Muy = 1.6 kNm

501
Resultant Moment (Combined Action)
Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.34
Reinforcement Provided = 36-#19 + 34-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.01 deg
MRes = 10506.82 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 16726.13 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.628 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 700 mm
Ast provided in BE = 20056.48 mm2
δu = 3.27 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 5000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 1190.48 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 859.39 kN
Muy = 10542.2 kNm
Vuy = 2161.81 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 4940.5 mm

502
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 6150.92
Vcy = 6086.84 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 297.52 kN
Mux = 0.13 kNm
Vux = 10 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 240.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 4990.38
Vcx = 5486.84 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links

503
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 1000 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 150 300 150

 
General Data
Wall No. : C2
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 5000 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1

504
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 142
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 48
Load Combination = [13] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 76.83 kN
Muxt = 29.54 kNm
Muyt = -1.6 kNm
Vuxt = -1.51 kN
Vuyt = -984.21 kN
Pub = 148.95 kN
Muxb = -2922.31 kNm
Muyb = 2.94 kNm
Vuxb = -1.51 kN
Vuyb = -984.21 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 12.66 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck

505
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (8.5m)
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 2.65
0.15 x Fck = 3.75
Maximum Stress in Wall < 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is not applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 104166.667 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1381.803
Top 104166.667 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 744.048

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 375 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 6.964

506
Top 375 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 3.75

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1443.38 mm
Kluy /r = 1.8
M1 = 29.54 kNm
M2 = -2922.31 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 34.12
1.8 < 34.12, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 30.02
M1 = -1.6 kNm

507
M2 = 2.94 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 40.52
30.02 < 40.52, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 29.54 - 29.54
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -2922.31 - -2922.31
Minor Axis Muy (top) -1.6 - -1.6
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 2.94 - 2.94

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 148.95 kN
Mux = -2922.31 kNm
Muy = 2.94 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.34
Reinforcement Provided = 36-#19 + 34-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.06 deg
MRes = 2922.31 kNm

508
( φ ) MCap = 16303.07 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.179 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 41
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 333.78 kN
Muy = 10.87 kNm
Vuy = 4.48 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 4940.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 6150.92
Vcy = 6086.84 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 41
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 76.83 kN
Mux = 1.6 kNm
Vux = 1.51 kN

509
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 240.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 4990.38
Vcx = 5486.84 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 1000 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- --- 10 ---
Spacing 300 --- --- 300 ---

510
 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Intermediate
Column B = 400 mm
Column D = 400 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 1600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 33
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 48
Load Combination = [13] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 274.04 kN
Muxt = 10.58 kNm
Muyt = -5.44 kNm
Vuxt = -6.67 kN
Vuyt = -25.07 kN

511
Pub = 279.17 kN
Muxb = -39.55 kNm
Muyb = 7.9 kNm
Vuxb = -6.67 kN
Vuyb = -25.07 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 106.667 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 106.667 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 3.148

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 106.667 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 106.667 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 2.511

512
Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway
Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.001
0.001< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 115.47 mm
Kluy /r = 12.06
M1 = 10.58 kNm
M2 = -39.55 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 37.21
12.06 < 37.21, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 115.47 mm
Klux /r = 12.06
M1 = -5.44 kNm
M2 = 7.9 kNm

513
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 42.27
12.06 < 42.27, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 10.58 - 10.58
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -39.55 - -39.55
Minor Axis Muy (top) -5.44 - -5.44
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 7.9 - 7.9

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 279.17 kN
Mux = -39.55 kNm
Muy = 7.9 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.21
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#19 + 4-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 11.3 deg
MRes = 40.33 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 152.98 kNm

514
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.264 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 708.13 kN
Muy = 0.42 kNm
Vuy = -0.7508 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 340.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 111.07 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 298.43 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 708.13 kN
Mux = 1.88 kNm
Vux = -3.4044 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 340.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 109.61 kNm

515
Vcx Permissible = 298.43 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 4.75 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 200 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 8 = 128 mm
24 x diameter of links = 240 mm
B/2 = 200 mm
Spacing = 300 mm
Provided Spacing = 125 mm
 
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 200 --- 125 200 125

516
 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Intermediate
Column B = 400 mm
Column D = 400 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 3100 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 37
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
Load Combination = [5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Top Joint
Put = 595.06 kN
Muxt = 45.78 kNm
Muyt = -31.68 kNm
Vuxt = -15.18 kN
Vuyt = -24.32 kN

517
Pub = 613.8 kN
Muxb = -39.32 kNm
Muyb = 21.43 kNm
Vuxb = -15.18 kN
Vuyb = -24.32 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 60.952 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 3.148
Top 60.952 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 2.48

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 60.952 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 2.511
Top 60.952 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 1.978

518
Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway
Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Kluy /r = 26.85
M1 = -39.32 kNm
M2 = 45.78 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 44.31
26.85 < 44.31, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Klux /r = 26.85
M1 = 21.43 kNm
M2 = -31.68 kNm

519
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 42.12
26.85 < 42.12, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 45.78 - 45.78
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -39.32 - -39.32
Minor Axis Muy (top) -31.68 - -31.68
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 21.43 - 21.43

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 595.06 kN
Mux = 45.78 kNm
Muy = -31.68 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.21
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#19 + 4-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 34.68 deg
MRes = 55.67 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 144.83 kNm

520
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.384 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 663.1 kN
Muy = 11 kNm
Vuy = -9.3354 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 340.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 93.4 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 293.05 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 663.1 kN
Mux = 15.59 kNm
Vux = -12.5283 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 340.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 88.81 kNm

521
Vcx Permissible = 293.05 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 4.75 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 200 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 8 = 128 mm
24 x diameter of links = 240 mm
B/2 = 200 mm
Spacing = 300 mm
Provided Spacing = 125 mm
 
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 200 --- 125 200 125

522
 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Intermediate
Column B = 400 mm
Column D = 400 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 41
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
Load Combination = [5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 227.17 kN
Muxt = 68.85 kNm
Muyt = -38.46 kNm
Vuxt = -27.46 kN
Vuyt = -46.16 kN

523
Pub = 243.23 kN
Muxb = -69.6 kNm
Muyb = 43.89 kNm
Vuxb = -27.46 kN
Vuyb = -46.16 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 71.111 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 2.48
Top 71.111 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1.335

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 71.111 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 1.978
Top 71.111 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 1.065

524
Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway
Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Kluy /r = 22.52
M1 = 68.85 kNm
M2 = -69.6 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 45.87
22.52 < 45.87, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Klux /r = 22.52
M1 = -38.46 kNm
M2 = 43.89 kNm

525
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 44.52
22.52 < 44.52, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 68.85 - 68.85
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -69.6 - -69.6
Minor Axis Muy (top) -38.46 - -38.46
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 43.89 - 43.89

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 243.23 kN
Mux = -69.6 kNm
Muy = 43.89 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.21
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#19 + 4-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 32.23 deg
MRes = 82.28 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 140.7 kNm

526
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.585 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 44
Critical Load Combination = [9] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X) kN
Nu = 199.23 kN
Muy = 65.89 kNm
Vuy = -44.3256 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 340.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 34.53 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 112.18 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 43
Critical Load Combination = [8] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z) kN
Nu = 201.65 kN
Mux = 61.38 kNm
Vux = -43.5032 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 340.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 29.63 kNm

527
Vcx Permissible = 112.35 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 4.75 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 200 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 8 = 128 mm
24 x diameter of links = 240 mm
B/2 = 200 mm
Spacing = 300 mm
Provided Spacing = 125 mm
 
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 200 --- 125 200 125

528
 
General Data
Wall No. : C6
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 4000 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 1600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 128
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 49
Load Combination = [14] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 359.64 kN
Muxt = -6131.78 kNm
Muyt = -2.62 kNm
Vuxt = -1.39 kN
Vuyt = 1335.17 kN
Pub = 398.11 kN
Muxb = -8801.42 kNm

529
Muyb = -5.39 kNm
Vuxb = -1.39 kN
Vuyb = 1335.17 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 11.92 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 11.92 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)

530
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 80000 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 80000 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 785.714

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 450 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 450 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 8.839

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.001
0.001< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check

531
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 1154.7 mm
Kluy /r = 1.21
M1 = -6131.78 kNm
M2 = -8801.42 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 25.64
1.21 < 25.64, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 16.07
M1 = -2.62 kNm
M2 = -5.39 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 28.18
16.07 < 28.18, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) -6131.78 - -6131.78
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -8801.42 - -8801.42
Minor Axis Muy (top) -2.62 - -2.62
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -5.39 - -5.39

Where
A = Moments from analysis

532
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 398.11 kN
Mux = -8801.42 kNm
Muy = -5.39 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.34
Reinforcement Provided = 28-#19 + 28-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.04 deg
MRes = 8801.42 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 10741.99 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.819 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 575 mm
Ast provided in BE = 16045.18 mm2
δu = 0.91 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 4000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 952.38 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39

533
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 779.02 kN
Muy = 5897.45 kNm
Vuy = 1322.22 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 3940.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 4905.92
Vcy = 4869.48 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 779.02 kN
Mux = 0.87 kNm
Vux = 4.25 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 240.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 3992.3

534
Vcx = 4389.48 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 800 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 150 300 150

 
General Data
Wall No. : C6
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011

535
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 4000 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 3100 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 129
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 49
Load Combination = [14] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 237.46 kN
Muxt = -1759.23 kNm
Muyt = 2.21 kNm
Vuxt = -1.32 kN
Vuyt = 1256.96 kN
Pub = 304.78 kN
Muxb = -6157.41 kNm
Muyb = -2.41 kNm
Vuxb = -1.32 kN
Vuyb = 1256.96 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element

536
Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 11.92 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (5.5m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 8.42 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 45714.286 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 785.714
Top 45714.286 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 619.048

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

537
Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 257.143 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 8.839
Top 257.143 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 6.964

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1154.7 mm
Kluy /r = 2.68
M1 = -1759.23 kNm
M2 = -6157.41 kNm

538
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 30.57
2.68 < 30.57, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 35.8
M1 = 2.21 kNm
M2 = -2.41 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 45.02
35.8 < 45.02, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) -1759.23 - -1759.23
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -6157.41 - -6157.41
Minor Axis Muy (top) 2.21 - 2.21
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -2.41 - -2.41

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 304.78 kN
Mux = -6157.41 kNm
Muy = -2.41 kNm
539
Resultant Moment (Combined Action)
Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.34
Reinforcement Provided = 28-#19 + 28-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.02 deg
MRes = 6157.41 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 10615.47 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.58 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 575 mm
Ast provided in BE = 16045.18 mm2
δu = 3.27 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 4000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 952.38 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 545.06 kN
Muy = 1092.1 kNm
Vuy = 912.98 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 3940.5 mm

540
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 4905.92
Vcy = 4869.48 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 506.46 kN
Mux = 2.09 kNm
Vux = 11.41 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 240.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 3992.3
Vcx = 4389.48 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links

541
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 800 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 150 300 150

 
General Data
Wall No. : C6
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 4000 mm
Clear Cover = 50 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1

542
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 130
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 41
Load Combination = [6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 173.9 kN
Muxt = 46.43 kNm
Muyt = 18.02 kNm
Vuxt = -10.54 kN
Vuyt = 637.81 kN
Pub = 294.39 kN
Muxb = -1866.49 kNm
Muyb = -13.59 kNm
Vuxb = -10.54 kN
Vuyb = 637.81 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 11.92 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck

543
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (8.5m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 2.8
0.15 x Fck = 3.75
Maximum Stress in Wall < 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is not applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 53333.333 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 619.048
Top 53333.333 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 333.333

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 300 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 6.964

544
Top 300 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 3.75

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1154.7 mm
Kluy /r = 2.25
M1 = 46.43 kNm
M2 = -1866.49 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 34.3
2.25 < 34.3, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 30.02
M1 = -13.59 kNm

545
M2 = 18.02 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 43.05
30.02 < 43.05, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 46.43 - 46.43
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -1866.49 - -1866.49
Minor Axis Muy (top) 18.02 - 18.02
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -13.59 - -13.59

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 294.39 kN
Mux = -1866.49 kNm
Muy = -13.59 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.34
Reinforcement Provided = 28-#19 + 28-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.42 deg
MRes = 1866.54 kNm

546
( φ ) MCap = 10599.77 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.176 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 302.8 kN
Muy = 1124.12 kNm
Vuy = 385.98 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 3940.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 4905.92
Vcy = 4869.48 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 285.19 kN
Mux = 0.62 kNm
Vux = 1.23 kN

547
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 240.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0067
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 3992.3
Vcx = 4389.48 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 800 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- --- 10 ---
Spacing 300 --- --- 300 ---

548
549
APPENDIX B.6: COMPUTATION OF SLAB (DS W/ IMF)

Design Code = ACI 318 - 2011


Grade Of Concrete = C20
Grade Of Steel = Fy420
Clear Cover = 20.000 mm
Long Span, Ly = 5.000 m
Short Span, Lx = 4.000 m
Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
Live Load, Qk = 2.400 kN/sqm
Slab Thickness = 150.000 mm
Effective Depth Along LX, Deffx = 125.000 mm
Effective Depth Along LY, Deffy = 115.000 mm
Self Weight = 3.750 kN/sqm
Total Load, TL (ultimate) = 11.404 kN/sqm
Span = 2-Way
Load Combination = 1.2 DL + 1.6 LL
 
Short Span Long Span
Side1 Side2 Side1 Side2
Beam
        B (mm) 250 250 250 250
        D (mm) 400 400 400 400
        Ib (mm4)    x106 1333.33 1333.33 1333.33 1333.33
Adjacent Slab
        Thk (mm) - 150 150 -
        Span (mm) - 4850 5000 -
        Ib (mm4)    x106 562.5 1244.53 1406.25 703.12

550
αf lx, αf ly 2.37 1.07 0.95 1.9
αf 1.57
Ln (mm) 3750 4750
L2 (mm) 2625 2125
Total BM (kNm) 52.62 68.34
Bottom
        Moment Coefficent 0.57 0.57
        Distributed Moment (kNm) 29.99 38.96
        CS Moment (kNm) 20.25 26.3
        MS Moment (kNm) 9.75 12.66
        Moment on Beam (kNm) 17.21 22.35
        Design Moment M1, M3 (kNm) 3.04 3.94
Top
        Moment Coefficent 0.7 0.7
        Distributed Moment (kNm) 36.83 47.84
        CS Moment (kNm) 24.86 32.29
        MS Moment (kNm) 11.97 15.55
        Moment on Beam (kNm) 21.13 27.45
        Design Moment M2, M4 (kNm) 3.731 4.84
Design Moments:
Short Span Positive Moment At Midspan -
M1 = 3.037 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 64.684 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Short Span Negative Moment At Continuous Support -
M2 = 3.729 kNm

551
Area Of Reinforcement = 79.554 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Long Span Positive Moment At Midspan -
M3 = 3.944 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 91.638 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Long Span Negative Moment At Continuous Support -
M4 = 4.844 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 112.797 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Distribution Reinforcement @ 0.18% -
Area Of Reinforcement = 225.000 sqmm
Required
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
= 284.000 kN/sqmm
Shear Check :
Along Short Span
Vsx (TL(ultimate) x Lx / 4) = 11.404 kN
Nominal Shear, Vc = 95.033 kN
 > 11.404 Slab Is Safe In Shear
Along Long Span
Vsy (TL(ultimate) x Lx / 2 x (1 - = 13.684 kN
(Lx / (2 x Ly))))
Nominal Shear, Vc = 87.430 kN
 > 13.684 Slab Is Safe In Shear

552
APPENDIX B.7: COMPUTATION OF BEAM (DS W/ SMF)

Group : G3
Beam No : B3

553
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 25
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Regular Beam
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 38 37 - 40 42 38
Critical L/C - RCDC 3 2 - 5 7 3
Mu (kNm) 29.747 59.877 - 18.628 13.755 118.085
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 247.66 520.59 - 152.83 112.15 1141.88
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 4.291 3.865 - 3.536 4.054 4.291
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 - 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) 309.61 323.27 - 333.82 317.2 309.61
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) 137.61 123.95 - 113.4 130.01 137.61
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) 59.54 62.17 - 64.2 61 59.54

554
Ast (sqmm) 307.2 582.76 107.25 275 225.1 1201.42
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 595.68 397.12 397.12 397.12 1410.54
2-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25
Reinforcement
2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 4
PtPrv (%) 0.481 0.722 1.71
Vu (kN) 49.79 50.22 86.24
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 20.47 -
Vc (kN) 49.34 50.42 62.26
Vs (kN) 0.6 - 31.98
Av (sqmm) 342.34 338.01 568.74
Tu (kNm) 5.38 5.38 5.38
Ao= Φ*Aoh 44550 44550 44550

555
At (sqmm) 338.01 338.01 338.01
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 338.014 338.014 338.014
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 342.34 338.01 568.74
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 342.345 355.774 694.114
SCalc (mm) 125 125 125
SPrv (mm) 125 125 125
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
       For Torsion                                 
                (X1 = 180, Y1 = 330)
                Spc3 = X1 = 180 mm
                Spc4=(X1+Y1)/4 = 125 mm
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Torsion = 5.38 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided

556
Al Tor. (max) = 333.82 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))
= 209.82 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#13EF
Asr provided = 253.35 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 113.95 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm
        
  
  

Group : G3
Beam No : B4
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 26
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Regular Beam
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm

557
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 46 37 48 40 48 38
Critical L/C - RCDC 11 2 13 5 13 3
Mu (kNm) 7.294 39.648 5.32 93.051 9.57 95.719
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 59 334.61 42.91 855.57 77.62 884.49
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.96 0.466 0.38 0.075 0.377 1.262
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 107.25 334.61 107.25 855.57 107.25 884.49
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 397.12 397.12 1410.54 397.12 1146.08
2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#19
Reinforcement
2-#16 2-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement

558
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 1 3
PtPrv (%) 1.71 0.481 1.389
Vu (kN) 76 28.75 77.42
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 17.53 -
Vc (kN) 62.26 47.01 58.89
Vs (kN) 18.32 - 24.71
Av (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Tu (kNm) 0.08 0.6 1.26
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 258.572 208.333 281.314
SCalc (mm) 125 125 125
SPrv (mm) 125 125 125
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    

559
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G3
Beam No : B5
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 27
Beam Length : 4999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Regular Beam
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 

560
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis - 37 38 40 44 37
Critical L/C - RCDC - 2 3 5 9 2
Mu (kNm) - 55.065 20.1 110.995 12.485 25.26
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) - 475.26 165.24 1057.14 101.63 209.05
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) - 4.191 3.43 5.036 4.775 4.191
Tcr/4 (kNm) - 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - 312.83 337.23 285.73 294.08 312.83
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - 134.38 109.99 161.49 153.13 134.38
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - 60.16 64.85 54.95 56.55 60.16
Ast (sqmm) 107.25 535.42 275 1112.09 205.64 275
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 595.68 397.12 1146.08 397.12 397.12
2-#16 3-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#16
Reinforcement
2-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered

561
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 4 4 4
PtPrv (%) 1.389 0.722 0.481
Vu (kN) 84.19 48.17 51.84
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 19.21 -
Vc (kN) 58.89 50.56 49.34
Vs (kN) 33.74 - 3.34
Av (sqmm) 592.82 349.41 373.5
Tu (kNm) 5.56 5.56 5.56
Ao= Φ*Aoh 44550 44550 44550
At (sqmm) 349.41 349.41 349.41
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 349.41 349.41 349.41
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 592.82 349.41 373.5
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 694.799 349.41 381.28
SCalc (mm) 125 125 125
SPrv (mm) 125 125 125
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm

562
                Spc2 = 127 mm
       For Torsion                                 
                (X1 = 180, Y1 = 330)
                Spc3 = X1 = 180 mm
                Spc4=(X1+Y1)/4 = 125 mm
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Torsion = 5.56 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided
Al Tor. (max) = 337.23 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))
= 209.82 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#13EF
Asr provided = 253.35 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 123.4 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm
        
  
  

Group : G9

563
Beam No : B17
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 115
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Regular Beam
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 37 47 39 49 41
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 2 12 4 14 6
Mu (kNm) 10.194 26.686 7.16 46.796 7.223 57.815
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 82.75 221.26 57.92 398.98 58.42 501.08
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.313 0.901 0.48 0.969 0.313 0.805
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -

564
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 107.57 275 107.25 398.98 107.25 501.08
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 397.12 397.12 573.04 397.12 573.04
Reinforcement 2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 1 1 1
PtPrv (%) 0.695 0.481 0.695
Vu (kN) 38.52 25.76 43.63
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 12.21 -
Vc (kN) 51.58 47.8 51.58
Vs (kN) - - -
Av (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Tu (kNm) 0.81 0.81 0.81
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -

565
At (sqmm) - - -
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 208.333
SCalc (mm) 125 125 125
SPrv (mm) 125 125 125
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G9
Beam No : B18

566
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 103
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Regular Beam
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis 49 37 47 39 45 41
Critical L/C - RCDC 14 2 12 4 10 6
Mu (kNm) 8.487 19.998 2.41 50.208 13.805 68.124
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) 68.75 164.36 19.39 430.22 112.57 600.04
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - - - -
Tu (kNm) 0.487 0.556 0.08 0.406 0.796 0.813
Tcr/4 (kNm) 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - - - - - -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - - - - - -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - - - - - -
Ast (sqmm) 107.25 213.67 107.25 430.22 146.34 600.04

567
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 397.12 397.12 573.04 397.12 1586.46
2-#16 2-#16 2-#16 2-#19 2-#16 2-#25
Reinforcement
2-#19
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 1 1 1
PtPrv (%) 0.695 0.481 1.923
Vu (kN) 36.69 27.58 45.45
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 4.48 -
Vc (kN) 51.58 49.34 64.5
Vs (kN) - - -
Av (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Tu (kNm) 0.58 0.58 0.58
Ao= Φ*Aoh - - -
At (sqmm) - - -

568
Legs 2 2 2
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 0 0 0
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 208.33 208.33 208.33
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 208.333 208.333 208.333
SCalc (mm) 125 125 125
SPrv (mm) 125 125 125
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1134.08 1134.08 1134.08
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Depth = 400 <= 1000
  

Group : G9
Beam No : B19
Analysis Reference (Member) 5.5m : 91

569
Beam Length : 3999.99 mm
Breadth (B) : 250 mm
Depth (D) : 400 mm
Effective Depth (d) : 330 mm
Design Code : ACI 318M - 2011
Beam Type : Regular Beam
Grade Of Concrete (Fck) : C20 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel : Fy420 N/sqmm
Clear Cover (Cmin) : 40 mm
Es : 2x10^5 N/sqmm
Mubal : 138 kNm
As,min (flex) (B) : 275 sqmm
As,nominal (Bn) : 107.25 sqmm
 
For Longitudinal Reinf
Beam Bottom Beam Top
Left Mid Right Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - Analysis - 41 40 39 39 -
Critical L/C - RCDC - 6 5 4 4 -
Mu (kNm) - 43.153 46.59 149.603 58.753 -
As (flex) (sqmm) (C) - 366 397.1 1449.42 509.94 -
Asc (flex) (sqmm) (A) - - - 231.75 - -
Tu (kNm) - 11.698 14.18 11.66 11.66 -
Tcr/4 (kNm) - 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 -
Al, min(sqmm)(Tor.) (D) - 72.09 7.48 73.32 73.32 -
Al (sqmm) (Tor.) (E) - 375.12 454.7 373.89 373.89 -
Al (Dist) (sqmm) (D) - 72.14 87.44 71.9 71.9 -
Ast (sqmm) 107.25 438.14 484.54 1521.32 581.84 107.25
AstPrv (sqmm) 397.12 595.68 595.68 1586.46 794.24 397.12

570
2-#16 3-#16 3-#16 2-#25 2-#16 2-#16
Reinforcement
2-#19 2-#16
 
Note: Calculation of Ast
  
Ast = Max {B, C+D, A+D} (for Mu > 0)
Ast = Bn (for Mu = 0)
Where,
A = Asc (flex) = Compression reinforcement required for bending moment
B = As,min (flex) = Min area of flexural reinforcement
Bn = As,nominal = Nominal area of reinforcement
C = As (flex) = Total area of longitudinal reinforcement calculated at a given section
D = Al (Dist) = Distributed longitudinal torsional reinforcement at section considered
Ast (Dist) (sqmm) = Max(Al,min (Tor), Al (Tor)) x ((2B) / (2B + 2D))
 
For Transverse Reinf
Left Mid Right
Critical L/C - RCDC 5 5 5
PtPrv (%) 1.923 0.963 0.963
Vu (kN) 93.94 73.95 21.02
Mu-Sect (kNm) - 28.81 -
Vc (kN) 64.5 52.85 54.4
Vs (kN) 39.26 28.13 -
Av (sqmm) 1174.79 1094.5 891.56
Tu (kNm) 14.18 14.18 14.18
Ao= Φ*Aoh 44550 44550 44550
At (sqmm) 891.56 891.56 891.56
Legs 2 2 2

571
Stirrup Rebar 10 10 10
Asv Torsion (sqmm) 891.559 891.559 891.559
Av Total Reqd (sqmm) 1174.79 1094.5 891.56
Asv Reqd (sqmm) 1327.279 1094.505 891.559
SCalc (mm) 105 125 125
SPrv (mm) 105 125 125
Av Total Prv (sqmm) 1350.1 1134.08 1134.08
 
Maximum Spacing Criteria
    
       Basic                               
                Spc1 = 250 mm
                Spc2 = 127 mm
       For Torsion                                 
                (X1 = 180, Y1 = 330)
                Spc3 = X1 = 180 mm
                Spc4=(X1+Y1)/4 = 125 mm
 
Skin reinforcement
  
Beam Width = 250 mm
Beam Depth = 400 mm
Torsion = 14.18 > 0 kNm
Beam Depth >1000 Or Torsion > 0,
Hence SFR Provided
Al Tor. (max) = 454.7 sqmm
Asr = Max(Al(min)(Tor.), Al(Tor.)) x (2D / (2B+2D))

572
= 279.81 sqmm
SR provided = 1-#16EF
Asr provided = 397.11 sqmm
Provided Spacing = 113.95 mm
  
Spacing Criteria
           
Maximum Spacing = 280 mm

APPENDIX B.8: COMPUTATION OF SHEAR WALL / COLUMN (DS W/ SMF)

Sway Calculation (Stability Index)


For Global-X Direction
Level Load Name Story Height Gravity Load P Relative Story Shear Stability Index Sway Condition
(m) (kN) Displacements (mm) (kN)
A B C D B x C / (A x D)
LOAD 1: EQ
0m to 2m 2 7721.609 0.696 1597.339 0.002 Non Sway
X
LOAD 1: EQ
2m to 5.5m 3.5 6050.522 2.504 1446.014 0.003 Non Sway
X
LOAD 1: EQ
5.5m to 8.5m 3 2799.534 2.397 790.278 0.003 Non Sway
X

573
For Global-Y Direction
Level Load Name Story Height Gravity Load P Relative Story Shear Stability Index Sway Condition
(m) (kN) Displacements (mm) (kN)
A B C D B x C / (A x D)
LOAD 2: EQ
0m to 2m 2 7721.609 0.407 1597.339 0.001 Non Sway
Z
LOAD 2: EQ
2m to 5.5m 3.5 6050.522 1.539 1446.014 0.002 Non Sway
Z
LOAD 2: EQ
5.5m to 8.5m 3 2799.534 1.559 790.279 0.002 Non Sway
Z

General Data
Wall No. : C2
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 5000 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 1600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 140
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 46

574
Load Combination = [11] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 458.68 kN
Muxt = 8028.55 kNm
Muyt = -2.59 kNm
Vuxt = -1.38 kN
Vuyt = 1676 kN
Pub = 506.76 kN
Muxb = 11379.65 kNm
Muyb = 0.17 kNm
Vuxb = -1.38 kN
Vuyb = 1676 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 9.86 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 9.86 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm

575
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 156250 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 156250 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1753.827

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 562.5 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 562.5 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 8.839

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index

576
Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.001
0.001< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 1443.38 mm
Kluy /r = 0.96
M1 = 8028.55 kNm
M2 = 11379.65 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 25.53
0.96 < 25.53, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 16.07
M1 = 0.17 kNm
M2 = -2.59 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 34.78
16.07 < 34.78, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final

577
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 8028.55 - 8028.55
Major Axis Mux (bottom) 11379.65 - 11379.65
Minor Axis Muy (top) -2.59 - -2.59
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 0.17 - 0.17

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 506.76 kN
Mux = 11379.65 kNm
Muy = 0.17 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 0.76
Reinforcement Provided = 36-#16 + 34-#13
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0 deg
MRes = 11379.65 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 12880.78 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.883 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 700 mm

578
Ast provided in BE = 11455.05 mm2
δu = 0.7 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 5000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 1190.48 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 1072.29 kN
Muy = 29.34 kNm
Vuy = 9.61 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 4952 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0038
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 6165.24
Vcy = 4280.61 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 1088.31 kN

579
Mux = 0.26 kNm
Vux = 2.74 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 252 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0038
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 5229
Vcx = 3680.61 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 1000 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
mm
Spacing considered = 300

Special confining reinforcement as per ACI


Along D
No of bars along D = 3
580
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 210000 sqmm
dc2 = 640 mm
Ach = 153600 sqmm
AshD = 257.14 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 6
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 210000 sqmm
bc2 = 240 mm
Ach = 153600 sqmm
AshB = 96.43 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 75 300 75

 
General Data
Wall No. : C2
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 5000 mm

581
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 3100 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 141
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 46
Load Combination = [11] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 312.75 kN
Muxt = 2246.15 kNm
Muyt = -3.35 kNm
Vuxt = -1.43 kN
Vuyt = 1656.44 kN
Pub = 396.9 kN
Muxb = 8042.14 kNm
Muyb = 1.67 kNm
Vuxb = -1.43 kN
Vuyb = 1656.44 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
Load Combination = [3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25

582
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 9.86 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (5.5m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 7.08 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 89285.714 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1753.827
Top 89285.714 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1381.803

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2

583
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 321.429 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 8.839
Top 321.429 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 6.964

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1443.38 mm
Kluy /r = 2.15
M1 = 2246.15 kNm
M2 = 8042.14 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 30.65
2.15 < 30.65, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B

584
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 35.8
M1 = 1.67 kNm
M2 = -3.35 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 39.98
35.8 < 39.98, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 2246.15 - 2246.15
Major Axis Mux (bottom) 8042.14 - 8042.14
Minor Axis Muy (top) -3.35 - -3.35
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 1.67 - 1.67

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 396.9 kN
Mux = 8042.14 kNm
Muy = 1.67 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 0.76

585
Reinforcement Provided = 36-#16 + 34-#13
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.01 deg
MRes = 8042.15 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 12668.07 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.635 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 700 mm
Ast provided in BE = 11455.05 mm2
δu = 2.5 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 5000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 1190.48 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 858.86 kN
Muy = 8077.52 kNm
Vuy = 1650.4 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 4952 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0038
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d

586
= 6165.24
Vcy = 4280.61 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 300.7 kN
Mux = 0.73 kNm
Vux = 8.01 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 252 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0038
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 5229
Vcx = 3680.61 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm

587
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 1000 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
mm
Spacing considered = 300

Special confining reinforcement as per ACI


Along D
No of bars along D = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 210000 sqmm
dc2 = 640 mm
Ach = 153600 sqmm
AshD = 257.14 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 6
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 210000 sqmm
bc2 = 240 mm
Ach = 153600 sqmm
AshB = 96.43 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 75 300 75

588
 
General Data
Wall No. : C2
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 5000 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 142
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 48
Load Combination = [13] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 76.83 kN
Muxt = 22.36 kNm
Muyt = -1.6 kNm
Vuxt = -1.49 kN
Vuyt = -754.3 kN
Pub = 148.96 kN
Muxb = -2239.95 kNm

589
Muyb = 2.86 kNm
Vuxb = -1.49 kN
Vuyb = -754.3 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 9.86 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (8.5m)
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Maximum Stress = 2.1
0.15 x Fck = 3.75
Maximum Stress in Wall < 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is not applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)

590
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 104166.667 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1381.803
Top 104166.667 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 744.048

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 375 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 6.964
Top 375 4000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 33.333 - 3.75

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check

591
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1443.38 mm
Kluy /r = 1.8
M1 = 22.36 kNm
M2 = -2239.95 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 34.12
1.8 < 34.12, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 30.02
M1 = -1.6 kNm
M2 = 2.86 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 40.71
30.02 < 40.71, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 22.36 - 22.36
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -2239.95 - -2239.95
Minor Axis Muy (top) -1.6 - -1.6
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 2.86 - 2.86

Where
A = Moments from analysis

592
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 148.96 kN
Mux = -2239.95 kNm
Muy = 2.86 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 0.76
Reinforcement Provided = 36-#16 + 34-#13
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.07 deg
MRes = 2239.95 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 12187.81 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.184 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 327.18 kN
Muy = 2171.38 kNm
Vuy = 732.45 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 4952 mm

593
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0038
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 6165.24
Vcy = 4280.61 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 38
[3] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 76.83 kN
Mux = 1.6 kNm
Vux = 1.49 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 252 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0038
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 5229
Vcx = 3680.61 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links

594
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 1000 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- --- 10 ---
Spacing 300 --- --- 300 ---

 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Special
Column B = 400 mm
Column D = 400 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 1600 mm

595
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 33
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
Load Combination = [5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 655.18 kN
Muxt = 9.42 kNm
Muyt = -8.22 kNm
Vuxt = -7.93 kN
Vuyt = -20.12 kN
Pub = 665.89 kN
Muxb = -30.8 kNm
Muyb = 7.64 kNm
Vuxb = -7.93 kN
Vuyb = -20.12 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M

596
Bottom 106.667 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 106.667 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 3.148

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 106.667 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 106.667 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 2.511

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.001
0.001< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D

597
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 115.47 mm
Kluy /r = 12.06
M1 = 9.42 kNm
M2 = -30.8 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 37.67
12.06 < 37.67, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 115.47 mm
Klux /r = 12.06
M1 = 7.64 kNm
M2 = -8.22 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 45.16
12.06 < 45.16, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 9.42 - 9.42
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -30.8 - -30.8
Minor Axis Muy (top) -8.22 - -8.22
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 7.64 - 7.64

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect

598
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 665.89 kN
Mux = -30.8 kNm
Muy = 7.64 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.21
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#19 + 4-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 13.94 deg
MRes = 31.73 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 181.58 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.175 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 708.13 kN
Muy = 0.42 kNm
Vuy = -0.7508 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 350.5 mm
ρw = 0.006

599
mm = 110.18 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 307.2 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 708.13 kN
Mux = 1.88 kNm
Vux = -3.4044 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 350.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 108.72 kNm
Vcx Permissible = 307.2 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 4.75 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm

600
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 200 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 6 = 96 mm
B/4 = 100 mm
So = 191.67 mm
Spacing = 150 mm
Provided Spacing = 75 mm
 
Special confining reinforcement as per ACI
Along D
No of bars along D = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 160000 sqmm
dc2 = 340 mm
Ach = 115600 sqmm
AshD = 174.89 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 160000 sqmm
bc2 = 340 mm
Ach = 115600 sqmm
AshB = 174.89 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided

601
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 200 --- 75 200 75

 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Special
Column B = 400 mm
Column D = 400 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 3100 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 37
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
Load Combination = [5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Top Joint
Put = 598.34 kN
Muxt = 40.28 kNm

602
Muyt = -31.61 kNm
Vuxt = -14.92 kN
Vuyt = -20.91 kN
Pub = 617.09 kN
Muxb = -32.88 kNm
Muyb = 20.6 kNm
Vuxb = -14.92 kN
Vuyb = -20.91 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 60.952 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 3.148
Top 60.952 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 2.48

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M

603
Bottom 60.952 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 2.511
Top 60.952 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 1.978

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Kluy /r = 26.85
M1 = -32.88 kNm
M2 = 40.28 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 43.79
26.85 < 43.79, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Klux /r = 26.85

604
M1 = 20.6 kNm
M2 = -31.61 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 41.82
26.85 < 41.82, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 40.28 - 40.28
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -32.88 - -32.88
Minor Axis Muy (top) -31.61 - -31.61
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 20.6 - 20.6

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 598.34 kN
Mux = 40.28 kNm
Muy = -31.61 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.21
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#19 + 4-#16
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 38.13 deg

605
MRes = 51.2 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 156.81 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.327 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 663.1 kN
Muy = 11 kNm
Vuy = -9.3354 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 350.5 mm
ρw = 0.006
mm = 92.57 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 301.66 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 37
Critical Load Combination = [2] : 1.2 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.6 (LOAD 4: LL) kN
Nu = 663.1 kN
Mux = 15.59 kNm
Vux = -12.5283 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 350.5 mm

606
ρw = 0.006
mm = 87.98 kNm
Vcx Permissible = 301.66 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4
  = 4.75 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 256 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 200 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 6 = 96 mm
B/4 = 100 mm
So = 191.67 mm
Spacing = 150 mm
Provided Spacing = 75 mm
 
Special confining reinforcement as per ACI
Along D
No of bars along D = 3

607
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 160000 sqmm
dc2 = 340 mm
Ach = 115600 sqmm
AshD = 174.89 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 160000 sqmm
bc2 = 340 mm
Ach = 115600 sqmm
AshB = 174.89 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 200 --- 75 200 75

 
General Data
Column No. : C5
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Consider Ductile = Yes
Type of Frame = Special

608
Column B = 400 mm
Column D = 400 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ lux = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ luy = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Columns In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 41
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
Load Combination = [5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 228.92 kN
Muxt = 59.72 kNm
Muyt = -37.38 kNm
Vuxt = -26.96 kN
Vuyt = -40.3 kN
Pub = 244.99 kN
Muxb = -61.16 kNm
Muyb = 43.49 kNm
Vuxb = -26.96 kN
Vuyb = -40.3 kN

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta

609
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 71.111 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 2.48
Top 71.111 5000 x 250 x 400 5000 x 250 x 400 26.667 26.667 1.335

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 71.111 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 1.978
Top 71.111 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 1.065

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002

610
0.002< 0.05, Column shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Kluy /r = 22.52
M1 = 59.72 kNm
M2 = -61.16 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 45.72
22.52 < 45.72, Column not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 115.47 mm
Klux /r = 22.52
M1 = -37.38 kNm
M2 = 43.49 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 44.31
22.52 < 44.31, Column not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 59.72 - 59.72
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -61.16 - -61.16
Minor Axis Muy (top) -37.38 - -37.38
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) 43.49 - 43.49

611
Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 244.99 kN
Mux = -61.16 kNm
Muy = 43.49 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 1.98
Reinforcement Provided = 4-#25 + 4-#19
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 35.41 deg
MRes = 75.04 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 199.23 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.377 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 44
Critical Load Combination = [9] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 1: EQ X) kN
Nu = 200.98 kN
Muy = 56.75 kNm
Vuy = -38.4637 kN
λ = 1

612
φ = 0.65
deff = 347.5 mm
ρw = 0.01
mm = 25.29 kNm
Vcy Permissible = 116.72 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 43
Critical Load Combination = [8] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z) kN
Nu = 202.83 kN
Mux = 54.27 kNm
Vux = -38.8676 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
deff = 347.5 mm
ρw = 0.01
mm = 22.51 kNm
Vcx Permissible = 117.03 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along B are not required

Design Of Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Diameter of link = 10 mm
  > Max. longitudinal bar dia / 4

613
  = 6.25 mm
Criterion for spacing of normal links
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia X 16 = 304 mm
48 x diameter of links = 480 mm
Provided spacing = 200 mm
 
Criterion for spacing of Ductile links:
Min. Longitudinal Bar dia x 6 = 114 mm
B/4 = 100 mm
So = 191.67 mm
Spacing = 150 mm
Provided Spacing = 75 mm
 
Special confining reinforcement as per ACI
Along D
No of bars along D = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 160000 sqmm
dc2 = 340 mm
Ach = 115600 sqmm
AshD = 174.89 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 160000 sqmm
bc2 = 340 mm
Ach = 115600 sqmm
AshB = 174.89 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c

614
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 200 --- 75 200 75

 
General Data
Wall No. : C6
Level : 0m To 2m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 4000 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 1600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 1600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 128
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 49
Load Combination = [14] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 359.35 kN

615
Muxt = -4705.92 kNm
Muyt = -2.25 kNm
Vuxt = -0.85 kN
Vuyt = 1022.03 kN
Pub = 397.82 kN
Muxb = -6749.43 kNm
Muyb = -3.96 kNm
Vuxb = -0.85 kN
Vuyb = 1022.03 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 9.33 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 9.33 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

616
Effective Length Calculation
Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 80000 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 80000 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 785.714

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 0.87

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 450 No Beam No Beam - - 1
Top 450 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 8.839

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 0.87

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.001
0.001< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

617
       
Along B
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 0.87
r = 1154.7 mm
Kluy /r = 1.21
M1 = -4705.92 kNm
M2 = -6749.43 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 25.63
1.21 < 25.63, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 0.87
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 16.07
M1 = -2.25 kNm
M2 = -3.96 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 27.17
16.07 < 27.17, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) -4705.92 - -4705.92
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -6749.43 - -6749.43

618
Minor Axis Muy (top) -2.25 - -2.25
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -3.96 - -3.96

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 397.82 kN
Mux = -6749.43 kNm
Muy = -3.96 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 0.63
Reinforcement Provided = 32-#13 + 28-#13
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.03 deg
MRes = 6749.43 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 6965.34 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.969 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 575 mm
Ast provided in BE = 7600.61 mm2
δu = 0.7 mm
Hw = 8500 mm

619
lw = 4000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 952.38 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 779.31 kN
Muy = 4471.58 kNm
Vuy = 1009.08 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 3953.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0032
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 4922.11
Vcy = 3096.17 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 39
[4] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) +1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Nu = 747.49 kN
Mux = 1.07 kNm
Vux = 3.59 kN
λ = 1

620
φ = 0.65
b = 253.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0032
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 4208.1
Vcx = 2616.17 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 800 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
mm
Spacing considered = 300

Special confining reinforcement as per ACI


Along D
No of bars along D = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 172500 sqmm
dc2 = 515 mm
621
Ach = 123600 sqmm
AshD = 206.92 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 5
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 172500 sqmm
bc2 = 240 mm
Ach = 123600 sqmm
AshB = 96.43 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 75 300 75

 
General Data
Wall No. : C6
Level : 2m To 5.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 4000 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 3100 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 3100 mm

622
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 129
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 49
Load Combination = [14] : 0.68 (LOAD 3: DL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 237.25 kN
Muxt = -1356.37 kNm
Muyt = 2.16 kNm
Vuxt = -1.17 kN
Vuyt = 962.89 kN
Pub = 304.57 kN
Muxb = -4725.58 kNm
Muyb = -1.94 kNm
Vuxb = -1.17 kN
Vuyb = 962.89 kN

Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element


Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 9.33 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm

623
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (5.5m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 6.62 N/sqmm
0.15 x Fck = 3.75 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 45714.286 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 785.714
Top 45714.286 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 619.048

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M

624
Bottom 257.143 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 8.839
Top 257.143 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 6.964

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1
r = 1154.7 mm
Kluy /r = 2.68
M1 = -1356.37 kNm
M2 = -4725.58 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 30.56
2.68 < 30.56, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 35.8

625
M1 = -1.94 kNm
M2 = 2.16 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 44.78
35.8 < 44.78, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) -1356.37 - -1356.37
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -4725.58 - -4725.58
Minor Axis Muy (top) 2.16 - 2.16
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -1.94 - -1.94

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 304.57 kN
Mux = -4725.58 kNm
Muy = -1.94 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 0.63
Reinforcement Provided = 32-#13 + 28-#13
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.02 deg

626
MRes = 4725.58 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 6821.6 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.693 < 1

Check For Boundary Element


Length of boundary element = 575 mm
Ast provided in BE = 7600.61 mm2
δu = 2.5 mm
Hw = 8500 mm
lw = 4000 mm
c (due to deflection) = 952.38 mm

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 540.52 kN
Muy = 860.63 kNm
Vuy = 701.84 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 3953.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0032
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d
= 4922.11
Vcy = 3096.17 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible

627
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 479.2 kN
Mux = 2.11 kNm
Vux = 8.57 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 253.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0032
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 4208.1
Vcx = 2616.17 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 800 mm

628
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
mm
Spacing considered = 300

Special confining reinforcement as per ACI


Along D
No of bars along D = 3
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 172500 sqmm
dc2 = 515 mm
Ach = 123600 sqmm
AshD = 206.92 sqmm
Along B
No of bars along B = 5
S1 = 75 mm
Ag = 172500 sqmm
bc2 = 240 mm
Ach = 123600 sqmm
AshB = 96.43 sqmm
Provided Links = #10@75 c/c
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- 10 10 10
Spacing 300 --- 75 300 75

629
General Data
Wall No. : C6
Level : 5.5m To 8.5m
Design Code = ACI 318M - 2011
Grade Of Concrete = C25 N/sqmm
Grade Of Steel = Fy420 N/sqmm
Wall B = 300 mm
Wall D = 4000 mm
Clear Cover = 40 mm
Clear Floor Height @ B = 2600 mm
Clear Floor Height @ D = 2600 mm
No Of Floors = 1
No Of Walls In Group = 1

Load Data
Analysis Reference No. = 130
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 41
Load Combination = [6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25 (LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Critical Location = Bottom Joint
Put = 173.8 kN
Muxt = 35.92 kNm
Muyt = 17.87 kNm
Vuxt = -10.45 kN
Vuyt = 496.39 kN
Pub = 294.3 kN
Muxb = -1452.86 kNm
Muyb = -13.48 kNm
Vuxb = -10.45 kN
Vuyb = 496.39 kN

630
Check For Requirement Of Boundary Element
Check For Maximum Compressive Stress
Having maxstress in between level's (2m - 8.5m)
At level (2m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 9.33 N/sqmm
0.2 x Fck = 5 N/sqmm
Maximum Stress in Wall > 0.2 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is applicable
 
At level (8.5m)
[6] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Load Combination =
(LOAD 2: EQ Z)
Maximum Stress = 2.29
0.15 x Fck = 3.75
Maximum Stress in Wall < 0.15 x Fck
Hence Boundary Element is not applicable

Effective Length Calculation


Calculation Along Major Axis Of Column
Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 53333.333 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 619.048
Top 53333.333 4000 x 250 x 400 4000 x 250 x 400 33.333 33.333 333.333

631
Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway
Effective Length Factor along Major Axis = 1

Calculation Along Minor Axis Of Column


Joint Column Stiffness Beam Sizes Beam Stiffness Beta
Beam 1 Beam 2 Beam 1 Beam 2
(Length x Width x (Length x Width x
Depth) Depth)
N-M mm mm N-M N-M
Bottom 300 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 6.964
Top 300 5000 x 250 x 400 No Beam 26.667 - 3.75

Sway Condition (as per Stability Index) = Non Sway


Effective Length Factor along Minor axis = 1

Check For Stability Index


Along D
       Q = 0.002
0.002< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)
       
Along B
       Q = 0.003
0.003< 0.05, Wall shall be designed as non-sway frame (Braced)

Slenderness Check
Column Is Braced Along D
Slenderness Check along D
K = 1

632
r = 1154.7 mm
Kluy /r = 2.25
M1 = 35.92 kNm
M2 = -1452.86 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 34.3
2.25 < 34.3, Wall not slender along D
Column Is Braced Along B
Slenderness Check along B
K = 1
r = 86.6 mm
Klux /r = 30.02
M1 = -13.48 kNm
M2 = 17.87 kNm
34 - 12 x (M1/M2) = 43.05
30.02 < 43.05, Wall not slender along B

Calculation of Design Moment


Direction Manalysis Msldr or Mc Mdesign-final
A B C
Major Axis Mux (top) 35.92 - 35.92
Major Axis Mux (bottom) -1452.86 - -1452.86
Minor Axis Muy (top) 17.87 - 17.87
Minor Axis Muy (bottom) -13.48 - -13.48

Where
A = Moments from analysis
B = Moment due to slenderness effect
C = Final design Moment = Maximum of (Manalysis, Maximum of (Msldr or Mc))
 
Final Critical Design Forces
633
Critical Case - Axial Load & BiAxial Bending
Pu = 294.3 kN
Mux = -1452.86 kNm
Muy = -13.48 kNm

Resultant Moment (Combined Action)


Moment Capacity Check
Pt Calculated = 0.63
Reinforcement Provided = 32-#13 + 28-#13
Load Angle = Tan-1(Muy/Mux)
= 0.53 deg
MRes = 1452.92 kNm
( φ ) MCap = 6804.36 kNm
Capacity Ratio = MRes/ MCap
= 0.214 < 1

Design Of Shear
Design for shear along D
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 300.73 kN
Muy = 885.16 kNm
Vuy = 303.81 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
d = 3953.5 mm
αc = 0.25
pt = 0.0032
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColB x d

634
= 4922.11
Vcy = 3096.17 kN
Vuy < Vcy Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required
 
Design for shear along B
Critical Analysis Load Combination : 40
[5] : 1.42 (LOAD 3: DL) +0.5 (LOAD 4: LL) -1.25
Critical Load Combination = kN
(LOAD 1: EQ X)
Nu = 271.18 kN
Mux = 1.81 kNm
Vux = 1.95 kN
λ = 1
φ = 0.65
b = 253.5 mm
αc = 0.17
pt = 0.0032
Vn (Maximum) = 0.83 x Sqrt(Fc) x ColD x b
= 4208.1
Vcx = 2616.17 kN
Vux < Vcx Permissible
Link For Shear Design Along D are not required

Design Of Links
 Main Links
Links in the zone where special confining links are not required
Normal Links
Min. Horizontal Reinforcement = 0.25% of cross sectional area
= 750 sqmm
Diameter of main horizontal steel = 10 mm

635
Thus, Spacing = 300 mm
 Spacing of horizontal reinforcement is minimum of following
D/5 = 800 mm
3xB = 900 mm
Maximum = 450 mm
Spacing considered = 300 mm
 
Table For Links
Required Provided
Normal Design Shear Design Ductile Design Normal Zone Ductile Zone
Link Dia. 10 --- --- 10 ---
Spacing 300 --- --- 300 ---

636
APPENDIX B.9: COMPUTATION OF SLAB (DS W/ SMF)

Design Code = ACI 318 - 2011


Grade Of Concrete = C20
Grade Of Steel = Fy420
Clear Cover = 20.000 mm
Long Span, Ly = 5.000 m
Short Span, Lx = 4.000 m
Imposed Load = 2.553 kN/sqm
Live Load, Qk = 2.400 kN/sqm
Slab Thickness = 150.000 mm
Effective Depth Along LX, Deffx = 125.000 mm
Effective Depth Along LY, Deffy = 115.000 mm
Self Weight = 3.750 kN/sqm
Total Load, TL (ultimate) = 11.404 kN/sqm
Span = 2-Way
Load Combination = 1.2 DL + 1.6 LL
 
Short Span Long Span
Side1 Side2 Side1 Side2
Beam
        B (mm) 250 250 250 250
        D (mm) 400 400 400 400
        Ib (mm4)    x106 1333.33 1333.33 1333.33 1333.33
Adjacent Slab
        Thk (mm) - 150 150 -
        Span (mm) - 4850 5000 -

637
        Ib (mm4)    x106 562.5 1244.53 1406.25 703.12
αf lx, αf ly 2.37 1.07 0.95 1.9
αf 1.57
Ln (mm) 3750 4750
L2 (mm) 2625 2125
Total BM (kNm) 52.62 68.34
Bottom
        Moment Coefficent 0.57 0.57
        Distributed Moment (kNm) 29.99 38.96
        CS Moment (kNm) 20.25 26.3
        MS Moment (kNm) 9.75 12.66
        Moment on Beam (kNm) 17.21 22.35
        Design Moment M1, M3 (kNm) 3.04 3.94
Top
        Moment Coefficent 0.7 0.7
        Distributed Moment (kNm) 36.83 47.84
        CS Moment (kNm) 24.86 32.29
        MS Moment (kNm) 11.97 15.55
        Moment on Beam (kNm) 21.13 27.45
        Design Moment M2, M4 (kNm) 3.731 4.84
Design Moments:
Short Span Positive Moment At Midspan -
M1 = 3.037 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 64.684 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Short Span Negative Moment At Continuous Support -

638
M2 = 3.729 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 79.554 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Long Span Positive Moment At Midspan -
M3 = 3.944 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 91.638 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Long Span Negative Moment At Continuous Support -
M4 = 4.844 kNm
Area Of Reinforcement = 112.797 kN/sqmm
Required (BM)
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
  = 284.000 kN/sqmm
Distribution Reinforcement @ 0.18% -
Area Of Reinforcement = 225.000 sqmm
Required
Reinforcement Provided = #10 @ 250 C/C
= 284.000 kN/sqmm
Shear Check :
Along Short Span
Vsx (TL(ultimate) x Lx / 4) = 11.404 kN
Nominal Shear, Vc = 95.033 kN
 > 11.404 Slab Is Safe In Shear
Along Long Span

Vsy (TL(ultimate) x Lx / 2 x (1 - = 13.684 kN


(Lx / (2 x Ly))))

639
Nominal Shear, Vc = 87.430 kN
 > 13.684 Slab Is Safe In Shear

640
APPENDIX B.10: Bearing Capacity Computation of SMRF Structure

641
FIGURE: STRESS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

642
APPENDIX B.11: Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting
jet grout column
data          
      jet grout column diameter D 1.00 m
      horizantal spacing Lx 1.00 m
      vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m
      length of column L 2.05 m
      jet grout column target strength Pult 3,884.0 kN/m2
shear strength of the jet grout
      column fJG 153.33 kN/m2
      unit weight of jet grout γJG 11.16 kN/m3
soil data            
1088.0
      natural ground allowable stress σs 0 kN/m2
bearing capacity of the ground is
      expected to σsb 284.00 kN/m2
      unit weight of soil γs 19.34 kN/m3
      saffety factor Sf 4.00  
      poisson rate ν 0.41  
      cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
      adhesion cu 0.97  
      angle of internal friction φ 23.00 drc
liquefaction data          
      SPT_N numbers N 23 #
      layer thick H 10.00 m
      correction factor due to surface F 1.09  
      vertical stress σ v 40.46 kN/m2
      effective vertical stress σ 'v 28.69 kN/m2
max. acceleration on the surface of the
      ground amax 0.40 m/s2

643
644
Sr
GR1 GR1 GR2 GR2 GR3 GR4 GR5 GR7 GR1 GR1 GR1
ar 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 00 25 50
0.30 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.28 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.25 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
0.23 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.20 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04
0.18 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
0.15 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05
0.13 0.47 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05
0.10 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07
0.08 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08
0.05 0.69 0.59 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
0.03 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.21

GR 10.31
ar 3.66
Sr 0.82

645
0.90

0.820
0.80

0.70 GR10
GR15
0.60 GR20
GR25
0.50
GR30
GR40
Sr

0.40
GR50
GR75
0.30
GR100
GR125
0.20
GR150
10.31
0.10

0.00
0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30
-0.05

ar
φ Nc Nq Nγ
0.0 5.7 1.0 0.0
2.5 6.5 1.3 0.2
5.0 7.3 1.6 0.4
7.5 8.5 2.2 0.8
10.0 9.6 2.7 1.2
12.5 11.3 3.6 1.9
15.0 12.9 4.4 2.5
17.5 15.3 5.9 3.8
20.0 17.7 7.4 5.0
23.0 22.1 10.6 7.8
25.0 25.1 12.7 9.7
27.5 31.2 17.6 14.7
30.0 37.2 22.5 19.7
32.5 47.6 31.8 30.9
35.0 58.0 41.0 42.0
37.5 77.0 61.0 71.0
40.0 96.0 81.0 100.0
42.5 134.0 127.0 199.0
45.0 172.0 173.0 298.0
47.5 260.0 294.0 725.5
50.0 348.0 415.0 1153.0

646
φ 23.0
Nc 22.1
Nq 10.6
Nγ 7.8
80.00
77.0
70.00 71.0

60.00 61.0

50.00

40.00
x
Ais le
it
T

30.00

22.14
20.00

10.00 10.58
7.82

0.00

φ
0

0
.0

.0

0
0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0
0

0
1

JET GROUTING COLUMN DATA


jet grout column diameter D 1.00 m
horizontal spacing Lx 1.00 m
vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m
length of column L 2.05 m

647
Pul
jet grout column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2
jet grout column shear strength fJG 153.33 kN/m2
jet grout unit weight γJG 11.16 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Jet Grout

SOIL DATA
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m
σs
bearing capacity of ground b 284.00 m
soil unit weight γs 19.34 m
safety factor FS 4.00 m
poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2
cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2
angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m
Layer Thick H 10.00 m
Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m
Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2
ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS
284.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs
820.9
σjs 9 kN/m ok
LOADINGS
838.9
Pv 6 kN Pv < Q
843.7
Q 6 kN ok
SLIP SAFETY
Vcol 12.85 kN Vcol < Vult
291.7
Vult 6 kN ok
FIGURE: Data Output of Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING FINAL SETTLEMENT


Qwp 574.29 Qwp 574.29 Qws 269.47

648
Qws 269.47 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.029
ᶓ 0.67 D 1 L 2.05
L 2.05 qp 838.96 qp 838.96
Ap 0.7854        
Ep 29478000        
Se1 6.68E-05 Se2 0.017113 Se3 0.004544
TOTAL SETTLEMENT 21.72372723 mm
FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

JET GROUT DESIGN


jet grout column diameter 1.00 m
horizontal spacing 1.00 m
vertical spacing 1.00 m
length of column 2.05 m
Number of Jet Grout Column per Footing 9.00 pcs
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING LAYOUT

649
APPENDIX B.12: Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime
wet soil mixing column data        
      wet soil column diameter D 0.80 m
      horizantal spacing Lx 1.00 m
      vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m
      length of column L 2.40 m
      wet soil column target strength Pult 3,884.0 kN/m2
shear strength of the wet soil
      column fJG 57.01 kN/m2
      unit weight of wet soil γJG 13.61 kN/m3
soil data            
1088.0
      natural ground allowable stress σs 0 kN/m2
bearing capacity of the ground is
      expected to σsb 284.00 kN/m2
      unit weight of soil γs 19.34 kN/m3
      saffety factor Sf 4.00  
      poisson rate ν 0.41  
      cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
      adhesion cu 0.97  
      angle of internal friction φ 23.00 drc
liquefaction data          
      SPT_N numbers N 23 #
      layer thick H 10.00 m
      correction factor due to surface F 1.09  
      vertical stress σ v 40.46 kN/m2
      effective vertical stress σ 'v 28.69 kN/m2
max. acceleration on the surface of the
      ground amax 0.40 m/s2

650
651
GR1 GR1 GR2 GR2 GR3 GR4 GR5 GR7 GR10 GR12 GR15
ar 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 0
0.3
0 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
8 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
5 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
0.2
3 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.2
0 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04
0.1
8 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
0.1
5 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05
0.1
3 0.47 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05
0.1 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07

652
0
0.0
8 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08
0.0
5 0.69 0.59 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
0.0
3 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.21

GR 10.31

ar 1.01

Sr 0.82
0.90

0.820
0.80

0.70 GR10
GR15
0.60 GR20
GR25
0.50
GR30
GR40
Sr

0.40
GR50
GR75
0.30
GR100
GR125
0.20
GR150
10.31
0.10

0.00
0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30
-0.05

ar
φ Nc Nq Nγ
0.0 5.7 1.0 0.0
2.5 6.5 1.3 0.2
5.0 7.3 1.6 0.4
7.5 8.5 2.2 0.8
10.0 9.6 2.7 1.2
12.5 11.3 3.6 1.9
15.0 12.9 4.4 2.5
17.5 15.3 5.9 3.8
20.0 17.7 7.4 5.0
23.0 22.1 10.6 7.8
25.0 25.1 12.7 9.7

653
27.5 31.2 17.6 14.7
30.0 37.2 22.5 19.7
32.5 47.6 31.8 30.9
35.0 58.0 41.0 42.0
37.5 77.0 61.0 71.0
40.0 96.0 81.0 100.0
42.5 134.0 127.0 199.0
45.0 172.0 173.0 298.0
47.5 260.0 294.0 725.5
50.0 348.0 415.0 1153.0

φ 23.0
Nc 22.1
Nq 10.6

Nγ 7.8

654
80.00
77.0
70.00 71.0

60.00 61.0

50.00

40.00
x
Ais le
it
T

30.00

22.14
20.00

10.00 10.58
7.82

0.00

φ
0

0
.0

.0

0
0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0
0

0
1

WET SOIL COLUMN DATA


wet soil column diameter D 0.80 m
horizontal spacing Lx 1.00 m
vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m
length of column L 2.40 m
Pul
wet soil column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2
wet soil column shear strength fJG 57.01 kN/m2
wet soil unit weight γJG 13.61 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Wet Soil

655
SOIL DATA
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m
σs
bearing capacity of ground b 284.00 m
soil unit weight γs 19.34 m
safety factor FS 4.00 m
poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2
cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2
angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m
Layer Thick H 10.00 m
Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m
Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2
ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction
SOIL STRESS
284.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs
623.3
σjs 6 kN/m Ok
LOADINGS
639.7
Pv 8 kN Pv < Q
655.9
Q 9 kN Ok
SLIP SAFETY
Vcol 14.97 kN Vcol < Vult
113.8
Vult 7 kN Ok
FIGURE: Data Output of Wet Soil
WET SOIL MIXING FINAL SETTLEMENT
Qwp 403.59 Qwp 403.59 Qws 262.92
Qws 262.92 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.03
ᶓ 0.67 D 0.8 L 2.4
L 2.4 qp 639.78 qp 639.78
Ap 0.5        
Ep 29478000        
Se1 9.44E-05 Se2 0.019713 Se3 0.005137
TOTAL SETTLEMENT 24.94464351 mm
FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

656
WET SOIL DESIGN
0.8
Wet soil column diameter 0 m
1.0
horizontal spacing 0 m
1.0
vertical spacing 0 m
2.4
length of column 0 m
9.0 pc
Number of Wet Soil per Footing 0 s
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL MIXING PER FOOTING LAYOUT

657
APPENDIX B.13: Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement

658
659
VIBRO-REPLACEMENT DESIGN
stone column diameter 1.0 m
horizontal spacing 1.00 m

660
vertical spacing 1.00 m
length of column 3.8 m
pc
Number of Wet Ssoil per Column 9.00 s
774.757 kP
Bearing Capacity 4 a
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF VIBRO-REPLACEMENT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF STONE COLUMN PER FOOTING LAYOUT

661
APPENDIX B.14: Bearing Capacity Computation of DS w/ IMF Structure

DS w/ IMF (SPECIAL REINFORCED SHEAR WALL)


PARAMETERS UNITS
Mz 105.102 kN-m
Mx 56.109 kN-m
Q 2763.708 kN
B 2 m
ECCENTRICITY
ex 0.020302072 m
ez 0.038029343 m
Bearing Capacity due to load
qmin 687.7263174 kPa
qmax 694.1276826 kPa
FIGURE: DATA INPUT-OUTPUT FOR DS w/ IMF STRUCTURE

662
Normal Ground
 19.3356 kN/m³ Unit weight of soil (gamma)
c' (or cu) 20 kN/m² For undrained soils use phi' = 0
 23 deg Angle of friction (phi')
mv 0.014 m²/MN Coefficient of volume compressibility
E 30 MN/m² Young's Modulus
 0.4125   Poisson's ratio
Water Table 0.8 m Depth to Water Table
       
Foundation
Shape sq   sq=Square, re=Rectangular, st=Strip
Enter only a width for this
  Square   foundation type
Width 2 m Width of foundation
Length 2 m Length not used for this foundation type
Founding
Depth 2 m Depth to Base of foundation
       
2776.51 Applied load - includes weight of
Load 1 kN foundation
       
Safety Factor
  4   Required safety factor
FIGURE: DATA INPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

Results
Square foundation      
2m x 2m      
Drained Analysis      
Actual Bearing Stress
694 kN/m²    
Net Bearing Stress
655 kN/m²    
Ultimate Bearing Stress
971 kN/m²    
Allowable Bearing Stress
272 kN/m²    
Actual Safety Factor
1.4      
FAIL!      
Actual Bearing Stress >
Allowable      
Settlement
Elastic   3 mm

663
4
1
Consolidation   7 mm
5
Total   1 mm
FIGURE: DATA OUTPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

FIGURE: STRESS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

664
APPENDIX B.15: Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting
jet grout column
data          
      jet grout column diameter D 1.35 m
      horizantal spacing Lx 1.50 m
      vertical spacing Ly 1.50 m
      length of column L 2.60 m
      jet grout column target strength Pult 3,884.0 kN/m2
shear strength of the jet grout
      column fJG 153.33 kN/m2
      unit weight of jet grout γJG 11.16 kN/m3
soil data            
      natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 kN/m2
bearing capacity of the ground is
      expected to σsb 694.00 kN/m2
      unit weight of soil γs 19.34 kN/m3
      saffety factor Sf 4.00  
      poisson rate ν 0.41  
      cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
      adhesion cu 0.97  
      angle of internal friction φ 23.00 drc
liquefaction data          
      SPT_N numbers N 23 #
      layer thick H 10.00 m
      F 1.09  
      vertical stress σ v 40.46 kN/m2
      effective vertical stress σ 'v 28.69 kN/m2
max. acceleration on the surface of
      the ground amax 0.40 m/s2

665
666
GR1 GR1 GR2 GR2 GR3 GR4 GR5 GR7 GR10 GR12 GR15
ar 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 0
0.3
0 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
8 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
5 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
0.2
3 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.2
0 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04
0.1
8 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
0.1
5 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05
0.1
3 0.47 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05
0.1
0 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07
0.0
8 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08
0.0
5 0.69 0.59 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
0.0
3 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.21

GR 10.31

ar 1.75

Sr 0.82

667
0.90

0.820
0.80

0.70 GR10
GR15
0.60 GR20
GR25
0.50
GR30
GR40
Sr

0.40
GR50
GR75
0.30
GR100
GR125
0.20
GR150
10.31
0.10

0.00
-0.05

0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30
ar
φ Nc Nq Nγ
0.0 5.7 1.0 0.0
2.5 6.5 1.3 0.2
5.0 7.3 1.6 0.4
7.5 8.5 2.2 0.8
10.0 9.6 2.7 1.2
12.5 11.3 3.6 1.9
15.0 12.9 4.4 2.5
17.5 15.3 5.9 3.8
20.0 17.7 7.4 5.0
23.0 22.1 10.6 7.8
25.0 25.1 12.7 9.7
27.5 31.2 17.6 14.7
30.0 37.2 22.5 19.7
32.5 47.6 31.8 30.9
35.0 58.0 41.0 42.0
37.5 77.0 61.0 71.0
40.0 96.0 81.0 100.0
42.5 134.0 127.0 199.0
45.0 172.0 173.0 298.0
47.5 260.0 294.0 725.5

668
50.0 348.0 415.0 1153.0

φ 23.0
Nc 22.1
Nq 10.6
Nγ 7.8
80.00
77.0
70.00 71.0

60.00 61.0

50.00

40.00
x
Ais le
it
T

30.00

22.14
20.00

10.00 10.58
7.82

0.00

φ
0
0

.0
.0

0
0

0
0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0
.0

.0
0

0
1

JET GROUTING COLUMN DATA


jet grout column diameter D 1.35 m
horizontal spacing Lx 1.50 m
vertical spacing Ly 1.50 m

669
length of column L 2.60 m
Pul
jet grout column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2
jet grout column shear strength fJG 153.33 kN/m2
jet grout unit weight γJG 11.16 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Jet Grout

SOIL DATA
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m
σs
bearing capacity of ground b 694.00 m
soil unit weight γs 19.34 m
safety factor FS 4.00 m
poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2
cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2
angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m
Layer Thick H 10.00 m
Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m
Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2
ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS
694.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs
716.6
σjs 8 kN/m ok
LOADINGS
1654.
Pv 07 kN Pv < Q
1670.
Q 42 kN ok
SLIP SAFETY
Vcol 36.37 kN Vcol < Vult
531.7
Vult 3 kN ok
FIGURE: Data Output of Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING FINAL SETTLEMENT

670
Qwp 1209.03 Qwp 1209.03 Qws 461.39
Qws 461.39 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.029
ᶓ 0.67 D 1.35 L 2.6
L 2.6 qp 1654.07 qp 1654.07
Ap 1.43        
Ep 29478000        
Se1 9.36E-05 Se2 0.013536 Se3 0.003111
TOTAL SETTLEMENT 16.74088953 mm
FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING
JET GROUT DESIGN
jet grout column diameter 1.35 m
horizontal spacing 1.50 m
vertical spacing 1.50 m
length of column 2.6 m
Number of Jet Grout Column per Footing 4.00 pcs
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING LAYOUT

671
`
APPENDIX B.16: Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime
wet soil mixing column data        
      wet soil column diameter D 1.10 m
      horizantal spacing Lx 1.25 m
      vertical spacing Ly 1.25 m
      length of column L 2.45 m
      wet soil column target strength Pult 3,884.0 kN/m2
shear strength of the wet soil
      column fJG 57.01 kN/m2
      unit weight of wet soil γJG 13.61 kN/m3
soil data            
1088.0
      natural ground allowable stress σs 0 kN/m2
bearing capacity of the ground is
      expected to σsb 694.00 kN/m2
      unit weight of soil γs 19.34 kN/m3
      saffety factor Sf 4.00  
      poisson rate ν 0.41  
      cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
      adhesion cu 0.97  
      angle of internal friction φ 23.00 drc
liquefaction data          
      SPT_N numbers N 23 #
      layer thick H 10.00 m
      correction factor due to surface F 1.09  
      vertical stress σ v 40.46 kN/m2
      effective vertical stress σ 'v 28.69 kN/m2
max. acceleration on the surface of the
      ground amax 0.40 m/s2

672
673
GR1 GR1 GR2 GR2 GR3 GR4 GR5 GR7 GR10 GR12 GR15
ar 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 0
0.3
0 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
8 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
5 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
0.2
3 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.2
0 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04
0.1
8 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
0.1
5 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05
0.1
3 0.47 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05
0.1
0 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07
0.0
8 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08
0.0
5 0.69 0.59 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
0.0
3 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.21

GR 10.31
ar 1.55
Sr 0.82

674
0.90

0.820
0.80

0.70 GR10
GR15
0.60 GR20
GR25
0.50
GR30
GR40
Sr

0.40
GR50
GR75
0.30
GR100
GR125
0.20
GR150
10.31
0.10

0.00
-0.05

0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30
ar
φ Nc Nq Nγ
0.0 5.7 1.0 0.0
2.5 6.5 1.3 0.2
5.0 7.3 1.6 0.4
7.5 8.5 2.2 0.8
10.0 9.6 2.7 1.2
12.5 11.3 3.6 1.9
15.0 12.9 4.4 2.5
17.5 15.3 5.9 3.8
20.0 17.7 7.4 5.0
23.0 22.1 10.6 7.8
25.0 25.1 12.7 9.7
27.5 31.2 17.6 14.7
30.0 37.2 22.5 19.7
32.5 47.6 31.8 30.9
35.0 58.0 41.0 42.0
37.5 77.0 61.0 71.0
40.0 96.0 81.0 100.0
42.5 134.0 127.0 199.0
45.0 172.0 173.0 298.0
47.5 260.0 294.0 725.5

675
50.0 348.0 415.0 1153.0

φ 23.0
Nc 22.1
Nq 10.6
Nγ 7.8
80.00
77.0
70.00 71.0

60.00 61.0

50.00

40.00
x
Ais le
it
T

30.00

22.14
20.00

10.00 10.58
7.82

0.00

φ
0
0

.0
.0

0
0

0
0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0
.0

.0
0

0
1

WET SOIL COLUMN DATA


wet soil column diameter D 1.1 m
horizontal spacing Lx 1.25 m
vertical spacing Ly 1.25 m

676
length of column L 2.45 m
Pul
wet soil column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2
wet soil column shear strength fJG 57.01 kN/m2
wet soil unit weight γJG 13.61 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Wet Soil

SOIL DATA
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m
σs
bearing capacity of ground b 694.00 m
soil unit weight γs 19.34 m
safety factor FS 4.00 m
poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2
cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2
angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m
Layer Thick H 10.00 m
Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m
Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2
ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS
694.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs
697.1
σjs 4 kN/m ok
LOADINGS
1120.
Pv 97 kN Pv < Q
1127.
Q 49 kN ok
SLIP SAFETY
Vcol 23.86 kN Vcol < Vult
215.2
Vult 6 kN ok
FIGURE: Data Output of Wet Soil

WET SOIL MIXING FINAL SETTLEMENT

677
Qwp 773.21 Qwp 773.21 Qws 354.28
Qws 354.28 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.029
ᶓ 0.67 D 1.1 L 2.45
L 2.45 qp 1120.97 qp 1120.97
Ap 0.95        
Ep 29478000        
Se1 8.84E-05 Se2 0.015677 Se3 0.003741
TOTAL SETTLEMENT 19.50594644 mm
FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

WET SOIL DESIGN


Wet soil column diameter 1.1 m
1.2
horizontal spacing 5 m
1.2
vertical spacing 5 m
2.4
length of column 5 m
4.0 pc
Number of Wet Soil per Footing 0 s
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING LAYOUT

678
APPENDIX B.17: Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement

679
680
VIBRO-REPLACEMENT DESIGN
jet grout column diameter 1.0 m
horizontal spacing 1.00 m
vertical spacing 1.00 m
length of column 4 m
pc
Number of Wet Ssoil per Column 9.00 s
774.757 kP
Bearing Capacity 4 a
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF VIBRO-REPLACEMENT PER FOOTING

681
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF STONE COLUMN PER FOOTING LAYOUT

682
APPENDIX B.18: Bearing Capacity Computation of DS

DS (SPECIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE SHEAR WALL


PARAMETERS UNITS
Mz 81.741 kN-m
Mx 43.652 kN-m
Q 2268.575 kN
B 2 m
ECCENTRICITY
ex 0.019242035 m
ez 0.03603187 m
Bearing Capacity due to load
qmin 564.7844552 kPa
qmax 569.5030448 kPa

683
FIGURE: DATA INPUT-OUTPUT FOR SMRF STRUCTURE

Normal Ground
19.335 kN/m
 6 ³ Unit weight of soil (gamma)
kN/m
c' (or cu) 20 ² For undrained soils use phi' = 0
 23 deg Angle of friction (phi')
m²/M
mv 0.014 N Coefficient of volume compressibility
MN/m
E 30 ² Young's Modulus
 0.4125   Poisson's ratio
Water Table -0.8 m Depth to Water Table
       
Foundation
Shape sq   sq=Square, re=Rectangular, st=Strip
Enter only a width for this
  Square   foundation type
Width 2 m Width of foundation
Length not used for this foundation
Length 2 m type
Founding
Depth 2 m Depth to Base of foundation
       
2278.0 Applied load - includes weight of
Load 1 kN foundation
       
Safety Factor
  4   Required safety factor
FIGURE: DATA INPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND
Results
Square foundation      
2m x 2m      
Drained Analysis      
Actual Bearing Stress
kN/m
570 ²    
Net Bearing Stress
kN/m
531 ²    
Ultimate Bearing Stress
kN/m
971 ²    
Allowable Bearing Stress
kN/m
272 ²    
Actual Safety Factor
1.8      

684
FAIL!      
Actual Bearing Stress >
Allowable      
Settlement
2 m
Elastic   7 m
1 m
Consolidation   4 m
4 m
Total   1 m
FIGURE: DATA OUTPUT FOR NATURAL GROUND

FIGURE: STRESS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

685
APPENDIX B.19: Ground Improvement Using Jet Grouting
jet grout column
data          
      jet grout column diameter D 0.80 m
      horizantal spacing Lx 1.00 m
      vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m
      length of column L 2.20 m
      jet grout column target strength Pult 3,884.0 kN/m2
shear strength of the jet grout
      column fJG 153.33 kN/m2
      unit weight of jet grout γJG 11.16 kN/m3
soil data            
      natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 kN/m2
bearing capacity of the ground is
      expected to σsb 570.00 kN/m2
      unit weight of soil γs 20.83 kN/m3
      saffety factor Sf 4.00  
      poisson rate ν 0.41  
      cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
      adhesion cu 0.97  
      angle of internal friction φ 23.00 drc
liquefaction data          
      SPT_N numbers N 23 #
      layer tick H 10.00 m
      correction factor due to surface F 1.09  
      vertical stress σ v 40.46 kN/m2
      effective vertical stress σ 'v 28.69 kN/m2
max. acceleration on the surface of
      the ground amax 0.40 m/s2

686
687
GR1 GR1 GR2 GR2 GR3 GR4 GR5 GR7 GR10 GR12 GR15
ar 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 0
0.3
0 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
8 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
5 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
0.2
3 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.2
0 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04
0.1
8 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
0.1
5 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05
0.1
3 0.47 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05
0.1
0 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07
0.0
8 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08
0.0
5 0.69 0.59 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
0.0
3 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.21

GR 9.57

ar 1.01

Sr 0.82
0.90

0.820
0.80

0.70 GR10
GR15
0.60 GR20
GR25
0.50
GR30
GR40
Sr

0.40
GR50
GR75
0.30
GR100
GR125
0.20
GR150
9.57
0.10

0.00
0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30
-0.05

ar

688
φ Nc Nq Nγ
0.0 5.7 1.0 0.0
2.5 6.5 1.3 0.2
5.0 7.3 1.6 0.4
7.5 8.5 2.2 0.8
10.0 9.6 2.7 1.2
12.5 11.3 3.6 1.9
15.0 12.9 4.4 2.5
17.5 15.3 5.9 3.8
20.0 17.7 7.4 5.0
23.0 22.1 10.6 7.8
25.0 25.1 12.7 9.7
27.5 31.2 17.6 14.7
30.0 37.2 22.5 19.7
32.5 47.6 31.8 30.9
35.0 58.0 41.0 42.0
37.5 77.0 61.0 71.0
40.0 96.0 81.0 100.0
42.5 134.0 127.0 199.0
45.0 172.0 173.0 298.0
47.5 260.0 294.0 725.5
50.0 348.0 415.0 1153.0

φ 23.0
Nc 22.1
Nq 10.6
Nγ 7.8

689
80.00
77.0
70.00 71.0

60.00 61.0

50.00

40.00
x
Ais le
it
T

30.00

22.14
20.00

10.00 10.58
7.82

0.00

φ
0
0

.0
.0

0
0

0
0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0
.0

.0
0

0
1

JET GROUTING COLUMN DATA


jet grout column diameter D 0.80 m
horizontal spacing Lx 1.00 m
vertical spacing Ly 1.00 m
length of column L 2.20 m
Pul
jet grout column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2
jet grout column shear strength fJG 153.33 kN/m2
jet grout unit weight γJG 11.16 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Jet Grout

690
SOIL DATA
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m
σs
bearing capacity of ground b 570.00 m
soil unit weight γs 19.34 m
safety factor FS 4.00 m
poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2
cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2
angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m
Layer Thick H 10.00 m
Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m
Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2
ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS
570.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs
623.3
σjs 6 kN/m Ok
LOADINGS
635.7
Pv 0 kN Pv < Q
636.6
Q 9 kN Ok
SLIP SAFETY
Vcol 14.82 kN Vcol < Vult
186.7
Vult 3 kN Ok
FIGURE: Data Output of Jet Grouting

JET GROUTING FINAL SETTLEMENT


Qwp 400.44 Qwp 400.44 Qws 236.25
Qws 236.25 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.03
ᶓ 0.67 D 0.8 L 2.2
L 2.2 qp 635.7 qp 635.7
Ap 0.5        
Ep 29478000        

691
Se1 8.34E-05 Se2 0.019685 Se3 0.005068
TOTAL SETTLEMENT 24.83617572 mm
FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

JET GROUT DESIGN


jet grout column diameter 0.8 m
horizontal spacing 1.00 m
vertical spacing 1.00 m
length of column 2.2 m
Number of Jet Grout Column per Footing 9.00 pcs
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF JET GROUT PER FOOTING LAYOUT

692
APPENDIX B.20: Ground Improvement Using Wet Soil Mixing Using Lime
wet soil mixing column data        
      wet soil column diameter D 0.85 m
      horizantal spacing Lx 1.10 m
      vertical spacing Ly 1.10 m
      length of column L 2.50 m
      wet soil column target strength Pult 3,884.0 kN/m2
shear strength of the wet soil
      column fJG 57.01 kN/m2
      unit weight of wet soil γJG 13.61 kN/m3
soil data            
      natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 kN/m2
bearing capacity of the ground
      is expected to σsb 570.00 kN/m2
      unit weight of soil γs 19.34 kN/m3
      saffety factor Sf 4.00  
      poisson rate ν 0.41  
      cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
      adhesion cu 0.97  
      angle of internal friction φ 23.00 drc
liquefaction data          
      SPT_N numbers N 23 #
      layer thick H 10.00 m
      correction factor due to surface F 1.09  
      vertical stress σ v 40.46 kN/m2
      effective vertical stress σ 'v 28.69 kN/m2
max. acceleration on the surface of
      the ground amax 0.40 m/s2

693
694
GR1 GR1 GR2 GR2 GR3 GR4 GR5 GR7 GR10 GR12 GR15
ar 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 0
0.3
0 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
8 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.2
5 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
0.2
3 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.2
0 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04
0.1
8 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
0.1
5 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05
0.1
3 0.47 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05
0.1
0 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07
0.0
8 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08
0.0
5 0.69 0.59 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
0.0
3 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.21

GR 10.31

ar 0.88

Sr 0.82

695
0.90

0.820
0.80

0.70 GR10
GR15
0.60 GR20
GR25
0.50
GR30
GR40
Sr

0.40
GR50
GR75
0.30
GR100
GR125
0.20
GR150
10.31
0.10

0.00
-0.05

0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30
ar
φ Nc Nq Nγ
0.0 5.7 1.0 0.0
2.5 6.5 1.3 0.2
5.0 7.3 1.6 0.4
7.5 8.5 2.2 0.8
10.0 9.6 2.7 1.2
12.5 11.3 3.6 1.9
15.0 12.9 4.4 2.5
17.5 15.3 5.9 3.8
20.0 17.7 7.4 5.0
23.0 22.1 10.6 7.8
25.0 25.1 12.7 9.7
27.5 31.2 17.6 14.7
30.0 37.2 22.5 19.7
32.5 47.6 31.8 30.9
35.0 58.0 41.0 42.0
37.5 77.0 61.0 71.0
40.0 96.0 81.0 100.0
42.5 134.0 127.0 199.0
45.0 172.0 173.0 298.0
47.5 260.0 294.0 725.5

696
50.0 348.0 415.0 1153.0

φ 23.0
Nc 22.1
Nq 10.6
Nγ 7.8
80.00
77.0
70.00 71.0

60.00 61.0

50.00

40.00
x
Ais le
it
T

30.00

22.14
20.00

10.00 10.58
7.82

0.00

φ
0
0

.0
.0

0
0

0
0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0
.0

.0
0

0
1

WET SOIL COLUMN DATA


wet soil column diameter D 0.85 m
horizontal spacing Lx 1.10 m
vertical spacing Ly 1.10 m

697
length of column L 2.50 m
Pul
wet soil column strength target t 3,884.0 kN/m2
wet soil column shear strength fJG 57.01 kN/m2
wet soil unit weight γJG 13.61 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Wet Soil

SOIL DATA
natural ground allowable stress σs 1088.00 m
σs
bearing capacity of ground b 570.00 m
soil unit weight γs 19.34 m
safety factor FS 4.00 m
poisson's ratio ν 0.4 kN/m2
cohesion C 20.00 kN/m2
adhesion cu 0.97 kN/m2
angle of internal friction φ 23.00 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Soil

LIQUEFACTION DATA
SPT N-Values N 23.00 m
Layer Thick H 10.00 m
Correction Factor due to Surface FS 1.09 m
Vertical Stress σv 40.46 m
Effective Vertical Stress σ'v 28.7 kN/m2
ama
ground acceleration x 0.40 kN/m2
FIGURE: Data Parameters for Liquefaction

SOIL STRESS
570.0
σsb 0 kN/m σsb > σjs
599.8
σjs 1 kN/m Ok
LOADINGS
745.0
Pv 8 kN Pv < Q
746.6
Q 8 kN Ok
SLIP SAFETY
Vcol 18.84 kN Vcol < Vult
128.5
Vult 3 kN Ok
FIGURE: Data Output of Wet Soil

WET SOIL MIXING FINAL SETTLEMENT

698
Qwp 467.33 Qwp 467.33 Qws 279.35
Qws 279.35 Cp 0.025 Cs 0.03
ᶓ 0.67 D 0.85 L 2.5
L 2.5 qp 745.08 qp 745.08
Ap 0.57        
Ep 29478000        
Se1 9.74E-05 Se2 0.018448 Se3 0.004499
TOTAL SETTLEMENT 23.04417841 mm
FIGURE: FINAL SETTLEMENT OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

WET SOIL DESIGN


0.8
Wet soil column diameter 5 m
1.1
horizontal spacing 0 m
1.1
vertical spacing 0 m
2.5
length of column 0 m
9.0 pc
Number of Wet Soil per Footing 0 s
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING

FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF WET SOIL PER FOOTING LAYOUT

699
APPENDIX B.20: Ground Improvement Using Vibro-Replacement

700
701
VIBRO-REPLACEMENT DESIGN
jet grout column diameter 1.0 m
horizontal spacing 1.00 m
vertical spacing 1.00 m
length of column 2.6 m
pc
Number of Wet Ssoil per Column 9.00 s
774.757 kP
Bearing Capacity 4 a
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF VIBRO-REPLACEMENT PER FOOTING

702
FIGURE: FINAL DESIGN OF STONE COLUMN PER FOOTING LAYOUT

703
APPENDIX B.21: Footing Calculation using Geo5

704
705
APPENDIX B.22: Trade off Estimate
The computation of Cost Estimate is by measuring the volume of the actual column and multiplying it to
the cost of the trade-off per cubic meter. As the cost of the equipment and operator are already
considered in the cost per cubic meter of the trade-off.
SMRF
Tradeoffs Area Height No. of Column No. of Footing Price Cost
Jet Grouting 0.7854 2.05 9 16 19282.074 4470550.399
Wet Soil Mixing 0.5027 2.4 9 16 12740.04519 2213367.8
Stone Column 0.7854 3.8 9 16 7786.486622 3346405.208

DS w/ IMF
Tradeoffs Area Height No. of Column No. of Footing Price Cost
Jet Grouting 1.4314 2.6 4 16 19282.074 4592700.024
Wet Soil Mixing 0.9503 2.45 4 16 12740.04519 1898356.424
Stone Column 0.7854 4 9 16 7786.486622 3522531.798

DS            
Tradeoffs Area Height No. of Column No. of Footing Price Cost
Jet Grouting 0.5027 2.2 9 16 19282.074 3070773.636
Wet Soil Mixing 0.5675 2.5 9 16 12740.04519 2602791.233
Stone Column 0.7854 2.6 9 16 7786.486622 2289645.669

The method used to compute the constructability is by measuring the actual volume of the trade-off and
multiplying it to the discharge per cubic meter of the machine/equipment as the time used to get the
equipment is not considered.
SMRF
Tradeoffs Area Height No. of Column No. of Footing Duration of Jet Grout Duration (days)
Jet Grouting 0.7854 2.05 9 16 0.011574074 2.68345
Wet Soil Mixing 0.5027 2.4 9 16 0.011574074 2.0108
Stone Column 0.7854 3.8 9 16 0.011574074 4.9742

DS w/ IMF
Tradeoffs Area Height No. of Column No. of Footing Duration of Jet Grout Duration (days)
Jet Grouting 1.4314 2.6 4 16 0.011574074 2.75677037
Wet Soil Mixing 0.9503 2.45 4 16 0.011574074 1.724618519
Stone Column 0.7854 4 9 16 0.011574074 5.236
DS            
Tradeoffs Area Height No. of Column No. of Footing Duration of Jet Grout Duration (days)
Jet Grouting 0.5027 2.2 9 16 0.011574074 1.843233333
Wet Soil Mixing 0.5675 2.5 9 16 0.011574074 2.364583333
Stone Column 0.7854 2.6 9 16 0.011574074 3.4034

706

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen